grammar in use ПРОЦУКОВИЧ...3 ВВЕДЕНИЕ Учебное пособие “grammar in...

Министерство образования и науки Российской Федерации

Амурский государственный университет

Grammar in Use Учебное пособие

Благовещенск

2015

2

ББК 81-2 Англ-923

П78

Рекомендовано Учебно-методическим советом университета

Рецензенты:

О. Н. Морозова, доцент кафедры иностранных языков № 1 АмГУ, канд.

филол. наук;

Т. В. Аниховская, доцент кафедры английской филологии и методики

преподавания английского языка БГПУ; канд. филол. наук.

Процукович Е. А., Бузина М. С. (составители)

Grammar in Use. – Благовещенск: Амурский гос. ун-т, 2015.

Основной целью пособия является развитие и совершенствование навы-

ков владения грамматическим строем английского языка.

Пособие состоит из 12 тематических разделов, включающих теоретиче-

ский материал и тренировочные упражнения, обеспечивающие многосторон-

нюю проработку каждой темы.

Учебное пособие предназначено для аудиторных занятий и самостоятель-

ной работы студентов 1-2 курсов очной и заочной форм обучения на неязыко-

вых факультетах университета.

© Амурский государственный университет, 2015

3

ВВЕДЕНИЕ

Учебное пособие “Grammar in Use” предназначено для студентов 1-2

курсов неязыковых специальностей университета, изучающих английский язык

согласно требованиям государственных образовательных стандартов в цикле

общих гуманитарных и социально-экономических дисциплин.

Грамматические навыки относятся к числу базовых при овладении всеми

видами речевой деятельности, поэтому их формированию в процессе обучения

должно уделяться первостепенное внимание. Целью данного пособия является

систематизация, обобщение и углубление грамматических навыков,

необходимых при переводе специальной литературы для извлечения

информации, а также при формировании навыков устной речи по

специальности.

Учебное пособие состоит из 12 тематических разделов, в которых

приводятся общие сведения по каждой теме и объясняются особые случаи

употребления. В основе структуры учебника лежит принцип сопоставления

моделей родного и изучаемого языков, а также дифференциация

различающихся по сути грамматических структур английского языка. Лучшему

усвоению теоретического материала должны способствовать таблицы, модели

и схемы, систематизирующие материал разделов.

Тренировочные упражнения направлены на развитие и

совершенствование навыков владения грамматическими структурами

английского языка по всем представленным в пособии темам. Разнообразные

упражнения обеспечивают многостороннюю проработку каждой темы. Задания

расположены по степени нарастания трудностей: от простого знания

грамматической формы до ее применения в конкретном грамматическом

контексте. Предлагаемые упражнения предусматривают прямой и обратный

перевод, а также самостоятельное создание формы в соответствии со смыслом

высказывания.

4

С целью формирования речевого грамматического навыка,

предполагающего относительно точное воспроизведение изучаемого

грамматического явления, в пособии широко представлены имитационные,

подстановочные, дифференцировочные и трансформационные упражнения,

которые дают возможность формировать навыки замены, сокращения или

расширения заданных структур в речи.

Данное пособие может быть использовано для аудиторной и

самостоятельной работы со студентами любой формы обучения и уровня

языковой подготовки, поскольку достаточно подробное объяснение

теоретического материала, снабженного большим количеством примеров,

таблиц и схем, закрепляется в разнообразных тренировочных упражнениях.

5

UNIT 1. THE NOUN

1. The Article

Артикли – это служебные слова, которые не имеют самостоятельного

значения и являются определителями существительного.

Неопределенный артикль а произошел от числительного one (один) и

может употребляться только с именами существительными в единственном

числе. Существительное с неопределенным артиклем дает понятие о предмете,

дает название предмета, название класса, к которому принадлежит предмет:

This is a pen.

Определенный артикль the произошел от указательного местоимения that

(тот), поэтому его значение очень близко к значению слов этот, тот, тот самый.

Определенный артикль употребляется с именами существительными как в

единственном, так и во множественном числе в тех случаях, когда и

говорящему и слушающему ясно, что речь идет именно о данном предмете:

The pen is black.

1.1.1. Insert the articles a or an if necessary.

1. My neighbour is … photographer; let’s ask him for … advice about color

films. 2. We had … fish and … chips for … lunch. – That doesn’t sound … very

interesting lunch. 3. He is … vegetarian; you won’t get … meat at his house. 4. …

travel agent would give you … information about … hotels. 5. We’d better go by …

taxi – if we can get … taxi at such … hour. 6. Do you take … sugar in … coffee? – I

used to, but now I’m on … diet. I’m trying to lose … weight. 7. I’m not … wage-

earner. I’m … self-employed man. I have … business of my own. – Then you’re not

… worker, you’re … capitalist! 8. … friend of mine is expecting … baby. If it’s …

girl she’s going to be called Etheldreda. – What … name to give … girl! 9. I have …

headache and … sore throat. I think I’ve got … cold. – I think you are getting flu.

10. If you go by … train you can have quite … comfortable journey, but make sure

you get … express, not … train that stops at all the stations.

6

1.1.2. Insert the articles a or an if necessary.

1. I have … hour and … half for … lunch. – I only have … half … hour –

barely … time for … smoke and … cup of coffee. 2. I hope you have … lovely time

and … good weather. – But I’m not going for … holiday, I’m going on … business.

3. He broke … leg in … skiing accident. It’s still in … plaster. 4. I want … assistant

with … knowledge of French and … experience of … office routine. 5. I’ll pay you

… hundred … week. It’s not … enormous salary but after all you are … completely

unskilled man. 6. I see that your house is built of … wood. Are you insured against

… fire? 7. The escaping prisoner camped in … wood but he didn't light … fire

because … smoke rising from the wood might attract … attention. 8. I had …

amazing experience last night. I saw … dinosaur eating … meat pie in … London

park. – You mean you had … nightmare. Anyway, dinosaurs didn’t eat … meat. 9. I

wouldn’t climb … mountain for $ 1,000! I have … horror of … heights. 10. … man

is … reasoning animal.

1.1.3. Insert the article the if necessary.

1. … youngest boy has just started going to … school; … eldest boy is at …

college. 2. She lives on … top floor of an old house. When … wind blows, all …

windows rattle. 3. … darkness doesn’t worry … cats; … cats can see in … dark.

4. Do you know … time? – Yes, … clock in … hall has just struck nine. – Then it

isn’t … time to go yet. 5. He was sent to … prison for … six month for … shop-

lifting. When … six month are over, he’ll be released; … difficulty then will be to

find … work. – Do you go to … prison to visit him? 6. Peter is at … office but you

could get him on … phone. There’s a telephone box just round … corner. 7. He got

… bronchitis and was taken to … hospital. I expect they’ll send him home at … end

of … week. – Have you rung … hospital to ask how he is? 8. Ann’s habit of riding a

motorbike up and down … road early in … morning annoyed … neighbours and in

… end they took her to … court. 9. Like many women, she likes … tea parties and …

gossip. 10. We have a very good train service from here to … city center and most

7

people go to … work by … train. You can go by … bus too, of course, but you can’t

get a season ticket on … bus.

1.1.4. Insert the article the if necessary.

1. Did you come by … air? – No, I came by … sea. I had a lovely voyage on

… Queen Elizabeth II. 2. … most of … stories that … people tell about … Irish

aren’t true. 3. … married couples with … children often rent … cottages by …

seaside for … summer holidays. … men hire … boats and go for … trips along …

coast; … children spend … day on … beach and … poor mothers spend … most of

… time doing … cooking and cleaning. 4. When … Titanic was crossing … Atlantic

she struck an iceberg which tore a huge hole in her bow. … captain ordered … crew

to help … passengers into … boats. 5. Everywhere … man has cut down … forests in

order to cultivate … ground, or to use … wood as … fuel or as … building material.

6. … windows are supposed to let in … light. But … windows of this house are so

small that we have to have … electric light on all … time. 7. There’ll always be a

conflict between … old and … young. … young people want … change but … old

people want … things to stay … same. 8. You can fool some of … people all … time,

and all … people some of … time; but you cannot fool all … people all … time.

9. I’d like to see … Mr Smith, please. – Do you mean … Mr Smith who works in …

box office or … other Mr Smith? 10. My little boys say that they want to be …

spacemen, but most of them will probably end up in … less dramatic jobs.

1.1.5. Insert the articles a, an or the if necessary.

1. There was … knock at … door. I opened it and found … small dark man in

… blue overcoat and … woollen cap. 2. He said he was … employee of … gas

company and had come to read … meter. 3. He said: “As … matter of … fact, there

was … explosion in … last house I visited; and Mr Smith, … owner of … house, was

burnt in … face”. 4. Are John and Mary … cousins? – No, they are not … cousins,

they are … brother and … sister. 5. …fog was so thick that we couldn’t see … side of

… road. We followed … car in front of us and hoped that we were going … right

8

way. 6. I can’t remember … exact date of … storm, but I know it was … Sunday

because everybody was at … church. On … Monday … post didn’t come because …

roads were blocked by … fallen trees. 7. Peter thinks that this is quite … cheap

restaurant. 8. Number … hundred and two, … house next door to us, is for sale. It’s

quite … nice house with … big rooms. … back windows look out on … park. 9. …

postman’s little boy says that he’d rather be … dentist than … doctor, because …

dentists don’t get called out at … night. 10. Professor Jones, … man who discovered

… new drug that everyone is talking about, refused to give … press conference.


1. We are going to … tea with Smith today, aren’t we? Shall we take … car? –

We can go by … car if you wash … car first. We can’t go to … Mrs Smith in … car

all covered with … mud. 2. He got … job in … south and spent … next two years

doing … work he really enjoyed. 3. It is … pleasure to do … business with such …

efficient organization. 4. … day after … day passed without … news, and we began

to lose … hope. 5. Would you like to hear … story about … Englishmen, … Irishmen

and … Scotsmen? – No. I’ve heard … stories about … Englishmen, … Irishmen and

… Scotsmen before and they are all … same. 6. But mine is not … typical story. In

my story … Scotsman is generous, … Irishman is logical and … Englishman is

romantic. – Oh, if it’s … fantastic story I’ll listen with … pleasure. 7. My aunt lived

on … ground floor of … old house on … River Thames. She was very much afraid of

… burglars and always locked up … house very carefully before she went to … bed.

8. … apples are sold by … pound. These are forty pence … pound. 9. It was …

windy morning but they hired … boat and went for … sail along … coast. In …

afternoon … wind increased and they soon found themselves in … difficulties.

10. He was … very tall man with … dark hair and … small beard, but I couldn’t see

his eyes because he was wearing … dark glasses.

9


… doctor whose medical skill was much better than his handwriting, sent …

invitation to … patient who was his friend to spend … evening with him. He said that

there would be … music and other things.

… friend did not come, and did not send any explanation. When they met …

following day, … doctor asked whether he had received … note.

“Yes, thank you”, replied … other. “I took it to … chemist, he made up

medicine and I feel much better already”.

1.1.8. Translate the sentences into English.

1. Родители купили мне гитару. Гитара была из прекрасного дерева. 2. Он

хороший художник. 3. Была весна. Весна была очень теплой. 4. Это был милый

домик. Перед домом было много роз. 5. Он предоставил нам важную

информацию. 6. Зима в том году началась рано. 7. Она работает с утра до ночи.

8. Он дал неверный ответ. 9. Во время обеда он по ошибке назвал меня Мэри.

10. Добавь соли в суп. Соль на верхней полке. 11. Дайте мне льда. Сок теплый.

12. Они пригласили нас на ужин. Ужин был превосходный. 13. Эльбрус – очень

красивая гора. 14. Крым и Кавказ расположены на берегу Черного моря.

15. Компас был изобретен в Древнем Китае.

2. The Category of Number

При образовании множественного числа к существительному

прибавляется окончание –s или –es (если слово оканчивается на –s, -z, -sh, -ch,

-o).

a cat – кот сats - коты

a pie – пирог рies – пироги

a factory – фабрика factories – фабрики

a wife – жена wives – жёны

a box – коробка boxes – коробки

10

Исключение составляют некоторые существительные:

a man – мужчина men – мужчины

a woman – женщина women – женщины

a tooth – зуб teeth – зубы

a foot – ступня feet – ступни

a goose – гусь geese – гуси

a child – ребёнок children – дети

a mouse – мышь mice – мыши

an ox – бык oxen – быки

Некоторые существительные в английском языке имеют форму только

единственного числа: advice – совет, money – деньги, news – новости, water –

вода, weather – погода, information – информация, work – работа, hair – волосы,

progress – прогресс.

Некоторые существительные в английском языке имеют форму только

множественного числа: contents – содержание, wages – зарплата, clothes –

одежда, goods – товары, suburbs – окраина, slums – трущобы, trousers – брюки,

spectacles – очки, politics – политика.

1.2.1. Give the plural form of the nouns.

a cat……………. а house………………..…. а page…………………….

а man………… the mouse………………… the mile…………………..

а monkey……… а lion………………… а shelf…………………….

the goose……… а woman………………….. an apple…………………

а road………… а night……………………. а story……………………..

а tiger………… the tooth………………….. а foot………………………

а child…………. а stone……………………. the pencil………..………..

a wolf…………. а town……………………. а car……………………….

a storm………… a cloud……………………. а picture…………………

11

1.2.2. Make the following plural.

the donkey’s tail ……………… the girl’s friend …………………………

the boy’s house ………………… the child’s game …………………………

the chemist’s shop ……………… the lady’s hat ……………………………

the bird’s wing ………………… the man’s shout ………………………….

the dog’s bark ………………… the woman’s song ………………………

the baby’s smile ……………… the gentleman’s nose ……………………

1.2.3. Write the plural of the following nouns and read them aloud.

a box ……………. a brother ………………. an ox …………………….

a lamp ………… a half ………………….. a child …………………….

a dress ………… a hospital ……………… a businesswoman ………

a policeman …… a bench ……………….. an exercise ……………….

a knife ………… a tooth ………………… a toy ………………………

a fish ……………. a dog ………………….. a lady ……………………..

a story …………. a foot ………………….. a sentence ………………

1.2.4. Put the sentences into the Singular.

1. These are geese. This is a goose.

2. We have English and French books. He has an English book and a French book.

3. Roses are beautiful flowers. ………………………………………………………

4. Houses have roofs. ……………………………………………………………….

5. Those are little children. ………………………………………………………….

6. Foxes are animals. …………………………………………………………………

7. Watches are small clocks. …………………………………………………………

8. Classrooms have blackboards. …………………………………………………….

9. These are old oaks. ………………………………………………………………..

10. Dogs have tails. …………………………………………………………………..

11. Those boys are good friends. ……………………………………………………..

12. Balls are round. ……………………………………………………………………

12

1.2.5. Write the plural of the following nouns.

a country …… a watch …………………. a tape-recorder …………

a wolf ……… a sheep …………….……. a handkerchief …………..

a tomato …… a postman ………….……. a page ………………

a brush ……… a sister-in-law ………… a proof …………………

a cliff ……… a roof …………………… a deer ……………………

a baby ……… a text ……………………. a ray ……………………

1.2.6. Form the plural of the following nouns.

A lawn, a bush, a deer, a sitting-room, a study, a sofa, an exercise, a housewife,

a son-in-law, a child, a woman, a family, a boy, a shelf, a mouse, a penny, a face, a

tomato, a mother-in-law, a toy, a sentence, a leaf, a sheep, a piano, a policeman.

1.2.7. Change the following sentences into the plural where possible.

1. The house is not large but it is comfortable. 2. A study is a room where we

study, read or write. 3. The furniture is old-fashioned. 4. There is a pantry in the

house. 5. Have you got an exercise to do? 6. There is a green lawn behind the house.

7. Is his family large? 8. This television-set costs a lot of money. 9. What is there in

that box? 10. This cupboard is new and modern. 11. There is no soup in my plate.

12. Is the curtain white or yellow? 13. There is a lot of snow in winter. 14. The

woman’s dress is bright. 15. A city is a big town. 16. The child’s toy is on the floor.

1.2.8. Pick out countable nouns from the list below and write them in the plural.

Porridge, daughter, salt, sugar, butter, milk, tea, cake, bacon, toast, marmalade,

tea-pot, egg, bread, soup, waitress, chop, beer, potato, pleasure, water, mustard,

sausage, pepper, fruit, knife, orange, discussion, watch.

1.2.9. Write the plural form of the following nouns.

Country, saleswoman, match, boy, sister-in-law, man, tooth, handkerchief,

potato, deer, piano, knife, lady, suffix, foot, swine.

13

3. The Category of Case

Единственное число

aunt тётя aunt’s house тётин дом

dog собака dog’s name кличка собаки

father отец father’s book книга отца

James Джеймс James’s friend друг Джеймса

Множественное число

horses лошади horses’ races скачки лошадей

dogs собаки dogs’ masters хозяева собак

1.3.1. Rewrite using the pattern.

1. These are books for children. These are children’s books.

2. This bag belongs to my friend. ……………………………………………………..

3. Не described the career of the actress. ……………………………………………...

4. This is the signature of Mr. Brown. …………………………………………………

5. The mistakes which students make. ………………………………………………..

6. This is а club for women. ………………………………………………………….

7. It’s а school for girls. ………………………………………………………………..

8. The rооm is fоr the guests. ………………………………………………………….

9. This umbrella belongs to James. …………………………………………………….

10. I liked the dinner we had yesterday at the cafe belonging to Mike………………...

1.3.2. Rewrite using the pattern where possible.

1. The book of this author. The author’s book.

2. I can’t see the bottom of the box. …………………………………………………..

3. The crew of the ship was small. ……………………………………………………

4. It’s the fault of nо one. ……………………………………………………………..

5. Do you like the poetry of Eliot? ……………………………………………………

14

6. That’s the leg of the table. …………………………………………………………

7. Where’s the key of the car? ………………………………………………………..

8. The sound of carriage was heard. …………………………………………………


А. 1. Сын моей сестры хорошо учится. 2. Мне нравится квартира Mарии.

3. Она много пишет сестрам Анны. 4. Вчера нас навестили дети наших друзей.

5. Комната Бесс большая и светлая. 6. Учитель вернул тетради студентов. 7. Я

не помню имени сестры моего друга. 8. Друзья моего брата хорошо говорят по-

немецки. 9. Это книги коллег моего сына. 10. Вам нравится новая книга этого

писателя?

В. 1. Где ключ от машины? 2. Мальчишки взяли велосипед почтальона.

3. Он разбил мамину вазу. 4. Ручка чемодана была неудобной. 5. Дверь гаража

была закрыта. 6. Мы выучили слова десятого урока вчера. 7. Поверхность

дороги была скользкой.8. Я не знаю результат вчерашнего матча.

1.3.4. Replace the of-phrases by the noun in the Possessive Case.

1. This is the wife of the doctor. This is the doctor’s wife.

2. I like the novels of Dickens. ……………………………………………………..

3. The coat of my father-in-law is grey. ……………………………………………

4. The coats of the passers-by are wet. …………………………………………….

5. The voice of the man is too loud. …………………………………………………

6. The voices of the men sound harsh. ………………………………………………..

7. The toys of the child are on the floor. ………………………………………………

8. The toys of the children are on the floor. …………………………………………..

9. The face of the woman is attractive. ……………………………………………….

10. The faces of these women are attractive. …………………………………………

15

1.3.5. Change the following sentences using the given model.

1. Can you show me the room of your sister? Can you show me your sister’s room?

2. Will you come to the birthday party of my daughter?…………………………….

3. You must read all the novels by Dickens. ………………………………………….

4. He must check the words of his students. …………………………….....................

5. Who can tell me the address of the Smiths? ………………………………………..

6. There are all modern conveniences in the flat of my mother-in-law. ………………

7. May I have a book from the library of your father? ………………………………...

8. Where can I listen to the music of Prokofiev? ……………………………………..

9. Is there any built-in furniture in the flat of your cousin? …………………………..

1.3.6. Write down the possessive form of the following.

The cat of my daughter, the music of Bach, the colour of the book, the hat of

the man, the notebook of this student, the books of these students, the sister of my

friend, the voice of the child, the friend of our cousin, the photo of my grandfather,

the room of Pete, the son of her brother, the daughter of Ann, the sister of my mother,

the meat of the dog.


The brother of my mother, the friend of my sister, the husband of his daughter,

the house of my parents, the table of my father, the work of my mother, the wife of

my brother, the flat of her sister-in-law, the leg of the boy, the home of the girl, the

stick of John, the wing of the bird, the face of the baby, the dinner of the cat, the

laughter of the man, the dog of Mrs. Smith, the shop of the chemist, the friend of my

sister, the nose of the gentleman, the name of the boy.


The friends of my brothers, the home of the boys, the legs of the horses, the

servants of the ladies, the laughter of the girls, the songs of the women, the wings of

16

the birds, the shouts of the boys, the voices of the pupils, the cries of the children, the

hats of the men.

1.3.9. Use the possessive case in the following sentences.

1. The man went into the (chemist) shop. 2. Mary sings in the (ladies) choir.

3. The name of Mrs. (Smith) dog is Michy. 4. She is a (lady) servant. 5. We saw

(Henry) new picture. 6. That is a (woman) hat. 7. They heard the (men) shouts in the

distance. 8. Let us join in the (children) game. 9. My (sister) friend is coming to tea.

10. That building is the (women) institute.

17

UNIT 2. THE ADJECTIVE AND THE ADVERB

1. Degrees of Comparison of Adjectives

Adjectives

(прилагательные)

положительная

степень

сравнительная

степень

превосходная

степень

+ - er + -est 1) Одно- , двусложные

прилагательные,

оканчивающиеся на –y,

- er, - ow, - le.

hot

dry

grey

large

narrow

simple

hotter

drier

greyer

larger

narrower

simpler

the hottest

the driest

the greyest

the largest

the narrowest

the simplest

more + the most + 2) Многосложные

прилагательные interesting

beautiful

more interesting

more beautiful

the most

interesting

the most beautiful

3) Исключения good

bad

little

many/much

better

worse

less

more

the best

the worst

the least

the most

But: sly – slier/slyer – the sliest/slyest

2.1.1. Make comparisons according to the pattern.

Pattern: a) You're tall. (your brother) – Your brother is as tall as you are.

b) That boy is lazy. (this boy) – This boy is as lazy as that one.

1. Basket-ball is popular in our country. (football) 2. That dress is pretty.

(this dress) 3. My room is warm. (your room) 4. I'm thirsty. (Nina) 5. Your

essay is good. (Michael's essay) 6. Her coat is warm. (my coat) 7. Nick is busy

today. (Helen) 8. That book is dull. (this book).

18

2.1.2. Join the following pairs of sentences using the conjunctions as ... as. Use

the adjective suggested. Make all the necessary changes.

Pattern: My watch keeps good time. So does Helen's. (accurate) – My watch is

as accurate as Helen's.

1. Thomas is very clever. So is his friend. (bright) 2. I'm twenty. So is my

cousin. (old) 3. My room is 18 metres square. So is my sister’s-in-law. (large)

4. I'm 167 centimeters tall. So is my friend. (tall) 5. My son is fond of noisy

games. So is Peter's son. (noisy) 6. My room has two windows. So has Jim's.

(light) 7. Bill's flat is cozy. So is Ann's. (well-planned) 8. Jane is pretty. So is her

sister. (attractive)

2.1.3. Give the comparative and superlative of the following adjectives.

Polite, happy, glad, complete, grey, honorable, shy, dry, just, free, recent,

merry, uncomfortable, joyful, hot, thin, accurate, narrow, real, sweet, right,

wicked, merciful, bad, fat, cheap, big, clumsy, stupid, far, miserable, virtuous,

simple, regular, expensive, low, deep, sad, significant, bitter, intimate, lazy, old,

serious, tiny, clever, little, considerate, much, beautiful, dear, sly.

2.1.4. Give the comparative and superlative of the compound adjectives.

Well-known, fine-looking, short-sighted, good-natured, wide-spread,

kind-hearted, old-fashioned, light-minded, well-read, high-pitched, strong-

willed, much-travelled, narrow-minded.

2.1.5. Answer the following questions according to the patterns.

1. Is it as warm in May as in April? It is warmer in May than in April.

2. Is the weather as cool in summer as in autumn? ……………………………..

3. Is iron as hard as steel? ………………………………………………………..

4. Is my car as fast as yours? ………………………………….…………………

5. Which is smaller: Europe or Asia? ....................................................................

6. Which is faster: a plane or a ship? ......................................................................

19

7. Is the Moon as big as the Sun? ………………………………………………

8. Which is easier: English or Russian? ..............................................................

9. Which is bigger: Washington or New York? .................................................

2.1.6. Answer the following questions according to the patterns.

Pattern: Is Minsk as ancient as Novgorod? — No, Novgorod is more ancient

than Minsk.

1. Is basket-ball as popular as hockey? 2. Is Alice's English as fluent as

his? 3. Is this task as difficult as that one? 4. Is his brother as talented as he?

5. Are your black shoes as comfortable as your brown ones? 6. Is her radio set as

powerful as yours? 7. Is this film as interesting as that one? 8. Is Tuesday as

convenient for you as Monday?

2.1.7. Join the following sentences according to the pattern. Begin your sentence

with the subject of the first sentence and use the following antonyms:

Better — worse; bigger — smaller; more — fewer; worse — better; older

— younger; more — less; more difficult — easier; lighter — heavier; smaller —

bigger; hotter — colder; longer — shorter.

Pattern: My pen is good. Your pen is better. My pen is worse than yours.

1. My room is big. Your room is bigger. 2. I've got a lot of relatives in

Kiev. You've got more relatives in Kiev. 3. Your spelling is bad. My spelling is

worse. 4. My aunt is old. Her husband is older. 5. I've got a lot of free time

today. You've got more free time today. 6. English is difficult. French is more

difficult. 7. My bag is light. Your bag is lighter. 8. Our family is small. Your

family is smaller. 9. It's hot in August. It's hotter in July. 10. The days in May

are long. The days in June are longer.

2.1.8. Form the degrees of comparison of the following adjectives.

Old, cold, yellow, loud, clean, large, cosy, comfortable, modern, long, red,

dark, good, small, interesting, difficult, important, easy, healthy, atractive.

20

2.1.9. Answer the following questions. Give full answers.

Pattern: Which is the largest port in Great Britain? — The largest port in Great

Britain is London.

1. Which is the shortest month of the year? 2. Which is the biggest

Russian port on the Black Sea? 3. Which is the most famous ballet of

Tchaikovsky? 4. Which is the coldest place in Russia? 5. Which is the longest

river in Europe? 6. Which is the longest day of the year? 7. Who is the greatest

poet of Scotland? 8. Which is the warmest season of the year? 9. Which is the

highest mountain in the Caucasus? 10. Which is the deepest lake in Russia?

11. Who is the most well-known Russian poet?


1. Мой брат старше меня. 2. Эта коробка тяжелее, чем та. 3. В ноябре

холоднее, чем в сентябре. 4. Элис выше ростом, чем Энн? 5. Первый

вопрос легче, чем второй? 6. Это самое большое платье в магазине. 7. Его

портфель самый тяжелый. 8. Февраль — самый короткий месяц в году.

9. Я думаю, она самая красивая девочка в классе. 10. Это был самый

плохой день в моей жизни. 11. Квартира Элис лучше, чем моя, но моя –

уютнее. 12. Наш лес красивее, чем их. 13. Эта аудитория меньше нашей.

14. Oна серьезнее своей подруги. 15. Она такая же стройная, как и её

сестра. 16. Ноябрь не такой холодный, как январь. 17. Она не такая

способная, как её брат. 18. Ты такая же высокая, как и твой отец. 19. Она

такая же высокая? – Нет, она ниже. 20. Это самая большая комната?

2.1.11. Choose the proper word from brackets.

1. Please, tell me the (next, nearest) way to the post-office. 2. The exercise

is on the (next, nearest) page. 3. We must wait for some (farther, further)

instructions. 4. Who is that boy in the (farthest, furthest) corner of the room?

5. He is the (oldest, eldest) son of my mother’s sister. 6. This is the (oldest,

eldest) edition of the book. 7. Lucy is my (oldest, eldest) pen-friend. 8. I am

21

(older, elder) than you. 9. Jim is the (oldest, eldest) son in the family. He is two

years (older, elder) than Mary. 10. Eleven o’clock is the (last, latest) time when

my daughter goes to bed.

2.1.12. Put the adjectives in brackets in the required degree of comparison.

1. Asia is (large) than Australia. 2. The Volga is (short) than the

Mississippi. 3. Mary is a (good) student than Lucy. 4. There are (few) mistakes

in my dictation than in yours. 5. This garden is the (beautiful) in our town.

6. The Arctic Ocean is (cold) than the Indian Ocean. 7. Chinese is (difficult)

than English. 8. Spanish is (easy) than German. 9. Let’s go to the (far) corner of

the park. That is the (quiet) place here.

2. Degrees of Comparison of Adverbs

Adverbs

(наречия)

положительная

степень

сравнительная

степень

превосходная

степень

+ - er + -est 1) Односложные

наречия и наречие

early

fast

soon

early

faster

sooner

earlier

fastest

soonest

earliest

more + most + 2) Наречия,

образованные от

прилагательных

при помощи

суффикса -ly

easily

clearly

more easily

more clearly

most easily

most clearly

3) Исключения well

badly

little

much

better

worse

less

more

best

worst

least

most

22

2.2.1. Give the degrees of comparison of the following adverbs.

Slowly, fast, hard, badly, much, well, early, far, near, often, late, quietly,

easily, little, warmly, seriously, comfortably, quickly.

2.2.2. Put the adverbs in brackets in the correct place.

1. (never) Alec is late for his classes. 2. (usually) he has dinner at two

o’clock. 3. (seldom) I go to bed before twelve o’clock. 4. (often) I speak Spanish

with my mother. 5. (always) he works in the lab after his lessons. 6. (still) do

you think that she is ill? 7. (already) I think she is at home. 8. (sometimes) I see

him in the library.

2.2.3. Some adverbs have the same form as their corresponding adjectives.

Make up sentences of your own using the words below (first as adjectives, then

as adverbs).

Model: It’s a bad mistake. She feels bad today.

Fast, early, late, hard, long, far, low, well, quick.

2.2.4. Put the adjectives and adverbs in brackets in the required degree of

comparison.

1. Today the frost is (severe) than it was yesterday. 2. This book is

(interesting) of all I have read this year. 3. It snows (hard) this winter than it did

last winter. 4. January is (cold) month of the year. 5. My sister speaks English

(bad) than I do. 6. Which is (hot) month of the year? 7. Which is (beautiful)

place in this part of the country? 8. This nice-looking girl is (good) student in

our group. 9. Does this sportsman run (fast) than you? – Oh, yes, he is (fast) in

our group. 10. The students of our group will have (little) spare time this term

and I (little) of all as I’ve got (much) work at the scientific society.

23

UNIT 3. THE PRONOUN

По своему значению и грамматическим признакам местоимения в

английском языке делятся на следующие разряды: личные,

притяжательные, возвратные, указательные, вопросительные,

неопределённые, отрицательные, обобщающие.

personal (личные) possessive (притяжательные)

subjective objective absolute

I know Tom

We know Tom

You know Tom

He knows Tom

She knows Tom

They know Tom

It knows

Tom knows me

Tom knows us

Tom knows you

Tom knows him

Tom knows her

Tom knows them

Tom knows it

It is my car

It is our car

It is your car

It is his car

It is her car

It is their car

It is its

It is mine

It is ours

It is yours

It is his

It is hers

It is theirs

It is its

Возвратные (себя): myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, ourselves,

yourselves, themselves.

Указательные: this, these – этот, эти, that, those – тот, те.

Вопросительные: who – кто, what – что, какой, whose – чей, which –

чей, который.

Неопределённые (какой-то, кто-то, что-то): some/any, somebody,

something.

Отрицательные (никакой, никто, ничто): No/none, nobody, nothing.

Обобщающие: all –все, every/everybody/ everything – каждый, всякий,

both – оба, other/another – другой, each – каждый.

24

3.1.1. Put in I, he, she, it, we, you, and they.

Example: John is а student. Не is not а teacher.

1. The pencil is in the box. It is not on the desk. 2. The windows are not

open. ... are shut. 3. Ann is here. ... is not there. 4. What colour are the desks? ...

are brown. 5. Put the match into the box. Where is ...? 6. Put the pieces of paper

on the table. Where are ...? 7. The boy is in the classroom. Where is ...?

8. Where are the pencils? ... are in the box. 9. What are you? – ... am а student.

10. Where are the boys? ... are in the classroom.

3.1.2. Put in he, she, it, they, and we instead of the nouns.

1. The pencils are blue. 2. The girl is not here. 3. Put the bag оn the desk.

4. Тhe bag and the coat аrе оn the chair. 5. The bag is near the door. 6. Ann and

I are students. 7. The boxes are not on the floor. 8. Where are the girls? 9. John

is single.

3.1.3. Put in my, his, hеr оur, your, their, its.

1. This is not John’s pencil, … pencil is red. 2. ... friend’s desk is near the

window. 3. Put ... exercise books on the teacher’s table. 4. Тоm’s textbook is not

there, ... exercise-book is here. 5. Mary is Ann’s friend. She is ... friend too.

6. The students are in thе classroom, … coats and bags are here. 7. ... tables are

brown. 8. Who is ... friend? 9. Where is ... coat? 10. What is this girl’s nаmе? ...

nаmе is Маry. 11. Autumn has come. I like ... beauty. 12. I wash ... hair every

week. 13. Nelly saw Peter with ... wife. 14. He has a bad memory. He can't

remember even ... own name. 15. This book is very old. ... pages are yellow.

16. I've got a relative in England. ... aunt lives in London. 17. Some women are

not happy with ... looks. 18. Charles is going to a picnic with ... girl-friend.

19. Are you satisfied with ... marks, Mark? 20. Sally and I like Maths. It's ...

favourite subject. 21. Can I take ... raincoat, Ann? 22. – Is this ... tape recorder?

– No, they don't have a tape recorder. 23. Can you rely on ... parents? 24. There

25

is a mouse under the table. I can see ... tail! 25. My parents often play cards with

... neighbours.

3.1.4. Choose the correct word in brackets.

1. – Whose book is this? Is it (your, yours) book or his? – It's (her, hers).

2. (Mine, my) task is easier than (your, yours). 3. Look at those people. They are

(our, ours) friends. 4. It is not (their, theirs) house. (Their, theirs) is bigger.

5. (Your, yours) problem is (my, mine) problem. 6. Are (your, yours) hands

warm? (Mine, my) are quite cold. 7. Can we use (your, yours) telephone? (Our,

ours) is out of order. 8. Is this money (him, his) or (her, hers)? 9. Meet Mr.

Bean. He is a friend of (our, ours). 10. We look after (their, theirs) children and

they look after (our, ours). 11. I remember the house but I don't remember (its,

his, it's) number.

3.1.5. Put in the pronouns.

1. I аm а student. 2. Peter and Nick are engineers. ... friends are engineers

too. 3. What are ... names, girls? ... nаmе is Helen, ... nаmе is Kate. 4. We are

doctors. ... friends are doctors too. 5. Jane, put ... exercise-book on my table.

6. Му friend is а teacher. ... nаmе is Jack.


1. Кто вы (по профессии)? 2. Как вас зовут? — Меня зовут Виктор.

3. Мы студенты. В нашей группе шесть студентов. 4. Где ваша ручка? —

Она на столе. 5. Это ваша или ее тетрадь? — Это ее тетрадь. 6. Кто эта де-

вушка? Это Мария. 7. Чья это книга? — Это моя книга. 8. Я не студент. Я

преподаватель. 9. Где Петр?— Он отсутствует сегодня. Он болен. 10.

Положите свои учебники на стол. 11. Это не её пальто, её пальто красное.

12. Наш дом большой. 13. Возьми свою тетрадь и положи её на мой стол.

14. Приходи к нам в гости. 15. Передайте мне, пожалуйста, хлеб. 16. Дайте

им их пальто. 17. Твоя работа уже готова? 18. – Это его часы? – Да, а это

26

мои. 19. Её сестра очень любит животных. 20. Познакомься с моими друзь-

ями. Их зовут Лена и Алексей.

3.1.7. Use the personal pronouns given in brackets in the Objective Case.

1. Do you know … (he)? 2. Who is there? – It’s … (I). 3. They invite …

(we) to their party. 4. And do you invite … (they)? 5. Ask … (she) to come, too.

3.1.8. Choose the correct form of the possessive pronouns in brackets.

1. This is (my, mine) bag. 2. This bag is (my, mine). 3. Is (her, hers)

family large or small? 4. (Her, hers) skates are better than (your, yours).

5. Whose hat is this? – It’s (my, mine). 6. Is he a friend of (your, yours)?

7. Don’t stay at (their, theirs) house; stay at (our, ours). 8. She is in bed in (her,

hers) room. 9. (My, mine) pen won’t write, please give me (your, yours).

10. She’s an old friend of (my, mine). 11. Is this dictionary (my, mine) or (your,

yours)? 12. (Her, hers) is the best composition.

3.1.9. Replace the words in bold type by personal pronouns.

1. Mary and Vera are always hungry after classes. 2. Bob goes to the

canteen with his group-mates. 3. Father doesn’t like this TV programme.

4. Give Lucy some sweets. 5. Mother often asks Ann to help little Robin.

3.1.10. Change the following sentences substituting pronouns for the proper

names and nouns.

Model: Tom likes the Browns. He likes them.

1. Come with Kitty and me. 2. Please read this letter. 3. The letter is from

Nelly. 4. I don’t know her husband. 5. I’m glad to meet both you and Ann.

6. We often see our friends. 7. I don’t like Ann’s brother. 8. Freddy likes to play

with his dog.

27

3.1.11. Complete the following sentences using personal pronouns.

1. The children are playing. Their parents are looking at … . 2. My floor is

very dirty. Wash … . 3. Look at this necklace! … is very expensive! 4. I am

very upset because my homework is very difficult. Help … , please. 5. Our

neighbours are quiet. I like … . 6. These shirts are striped. I don’t like … .


1. Я читаю эту книгу. Она очень интересная. 2. Где деньги? – Они на

столе. 3. Они пошли с нами. 4. Тебе нравятся эти цветы? Они из сада.

5. Аня симпатичная девочка. Ей 12 лет. 6. Мы знаем их очень хорошо. 7. Я

не понимаю, как это делать. 8. Они живут в Челябинске. Это большой

город. 9. Дай мне твою книгу. 10. Я согласна с ним.

3.1.13. Use the possessive pronouns.

1. I am washing my cat. 2. You are painting … window. 3. He is brushing

… teeth. 4. She is feeding … dog. 5. We are cleaning … apartment.

3.1.14. Extend the statement showing possession. Follow the model.

1. This dress belongs to my sister. It’s hers 2. This coat belongs to me. ………………………………

3. These shoes belong to my wife. …………………………

4. These pens belong to Tom and Betty. …………………..

5. This suit-case belongs to you. ………………….............

6. These books and magazines belong to us. ……………..

7. These toys belong to those children. ……………………

8. This basket belongs to my sister. ……………………….

9. These things belong to my husband. ……………………

28

3.1.15. Answer the questions according to the patterns. Use the absolute form of

possessive pronouns in your answer.

A. Model:

1. – My sister is at home. Where is your sister? (at the office) – Mine is at the

office

2. – Her handbag is on the chair. Where is my handbag? (on the sofa). …………

3. – Our teacher is in the classroom. Where is their teacher? (at the dean’s

office). – …………………………………………………………………………

4. – His mother is in the country now. Where is his mother? (in town).

– …………………………………………………………………………………

5. – My son is in the library. Where is your son? (at school). ………………….

6. – Your photo is here. Where is his photo? (in the album)…………………….

7. – Our house is in that street. Where is your house? (round the corner).

– …………………………………………………………………………….

1. –The doctor’s daughter is at school now. Is your daughter at school as well?

(no/at home) – No, mine is at home

2. Your ticket is on the table. Is her ticket there too? (no/in the handbag).

– …………………………………………………………………………….

3. My pipe is in the pocket. Is his pipe in the pocket as well? (no/on the desk).

– ………………………………………………………………………………..

4. Ted’s letters are in the drawer. Are his sister’s letters there too? (no/on the

shelf).– ……………………………………………………………………………

5. Your grandmother is in the garden. Is my grandmother there too? (no/in the

kitchen) – …………………………………………………………………………

6. Mr. Brown’s car is in the garage. Is our car in the garage as well? (no/in front

of the house). – ……………………………………………………………..

29

3.1.16. Use the absolute form of the possessive pronouns.

your cousin – a cousin of yours

their relative – ……………………………………..

her friend – ………………………………….……..

your former students – ……………………………..

his niece – ……………………….……….………..

your colleague – ……………….…………………..

her pupils – …………………………….…………..

our neighbour – ……………………………………

her school-friend – …………………………………

my sister – ………………………………………....

30

UNIT 4. THE NUMERALS

1. Numbers 1-12

Cardinal Ordinal

one the first

two the second

three the third

four the fourth

five the fifth

six the sixth

seven the seventh

eight the eighth

nine the ninth

ten the tenth

eleven the eleventh

twelve the twelfth

13—19

Cardinal Ordinal

thirteen the thirteenth

fourteen the fourteenth

fifteen the fifteenth

sixteen the sixteenth

seventeen the seventeenth

eighteen the eighteenth

nineteen the nineteenth

20—100

Cardinal Ordinal

twenty the twentieth

twenty-one the twenty-first

twenty-two the twenty-second

thirty the thirtieth

forty the fortieth

fifty the fiftieth

sixty the sixtieth

seventy the seventieth

eighty the eightieth

ninety the ninetieth

a (one) hundred the hundredth

a thousand a thousandth

a million a millionth

a billion

I. Telephone numbers and rooms

4.1.1. We read them like this.

86-45-78 eight six four five seven eight

room 356 room three five six

II. Numbers: 100-10,000

4.2.1. Read the following numbers.

2,000 444 392 9,111 8,005

9,886 250 7,339 3,432 7,087

31

4.2.2. Pair work.

a. Write 6 numbers between 100-10,000 in row 1 below. Your partner

mustn’t see them.

b. Then ask your partner to tell his/her numbers and write them in row 2.

c. Check your answers with your partner.

d. Now your turn to read your numbers.

1

2

III. Dates

In business correspondence, we write date like this:

Formal: May 15, 2007 June 27, 2000

Informal: 5/15/07 6/27/2000

We read the dates like this:

May 15 – May fifteenth

1800 – eighteen hundred

1824 – eighteen twenty four

2007 – two thousand and seven

4.3.1. Read the following dates.

January 5 July 28 December 31 February 23 September 24

April 8 October 4 May 9 March 15 November 3

4.3.2. Read the following dates.

1900, 1903, 2002, 2007, 1941, 1815

32

4.3.3. Pair work. Write three dates. Dictate them to your partner. Check that

he/she has written them down correctly.

1

2

IV. Time

4.4.1. We read the time like this.

5:30

or

five thirty

half past five

5:45

or

five forty five

a quarter to six

5:15

or

five fifteen

a quarter past five

5:25

or

five twenty five

twenty five past five

What is the time?

What time is it?

4.4.2. Pair work. Take turns asking and answering questions about the clocks.

Example:

A: What time is it on clock 1?

B: It’s half past three.

03:30 12:15 05:20 08:45 09:35 10:05 11:50

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

4.4.3. Pair work.

Student A: write times on clock 1-4

Student B: write times on clocks 5-8

Take turns asking each other about the times you have written down.

33

: : : :

1 2 3 4

: : : :

5 6 7 8

V. Decimals

We read decimal like this:

0.4 point four 12.65 twelve point six

five

2.003 two point nought

nought three

0.15 point one five 120.78 one hundred

twenty point seven

eight

2.01 two point nought

(o) one

4.5.1. Read the following decimals.

4.56 6.99 67.98 0.0004

254.8 1.77 8.33 48.007

4.5.2. Pair work.

a. Write 6 decimals in row 1 below. Your partner mustn’t see them.




1

2

VI. 10,000-1 billion

We read them like this:

16,400 sixteen thousand 8,000,873 eight million

34

four hundred eight hundred and

seventy three

264,534 two hundred sixty four

thousand five hundred and

thirty four

812,600,000 eight hundred twelve

million

six hundred thousand

4.6.1. Read the following numbers.

20,000 4,300,340 13,600,434

34,045 1,000,400 45,267,000

4.6.2. Pair work.

a. Write 6 numbers between 10,000-1 billion in row 1 below. Your partner

mustn’t see them.




1

2

VII. Percentages


12% twelve percent 0.2% point two percent

34.5% thirty four point five percent

4.7.1. Read the following percentages.

20.56% 0.4% 13.5%

35.23% 24.89% 45.89%

35

VIII. Dimensions

Read the following:

A: How high is the box?

B: Five point six centimeters

high.

A: How deep is it?

B: It’s twenty centimeters.

A: How wide is it?

B: It’s thirty five centimeters

4.8.1. Pair work. Take turns asking and answering questions.

IX: Travel times

4.9.1. Read the following.

by bus/ ride

A: How long does it take to get there by bus?

B: It takes ten minutes ride.

(It takes one hour and five minutes ride)

36

4.9.2. Pair work. Take turns asking and answering questions about the trips.

by plane/flight

by car/drive

on foot/walk

by train/trip

by cab/ride

X. Prices


$45.25

or

forty-five dollars and twenty-five cents

forty-five twenty-five

US$ - American dollar

A$ - Australian dollar

C$ - Canadian dollar

S$ - Singapore dollar

4.10.1. Read the following prices.

$24.6 A$67.2 $32.1 S$14.28

S$78.49 $18.78 C$34.67 A$92.49

4.10.2. Look at the menus at the restaurants.

Student A: menu 1

Student B: menu 2 on page

Ask Student B questions and complete the menu.

A: How much is the snail soup?

B: It is $13.

37

for Student A:

MENU 1 MENU 2

snail soup ………………….

beefsteak …………………..

meat cutlets ………………..

bacon and eggs ……………

salmon …………………….

prawns …………………….

SALADS:

tomatoes and cucumbers ….

carrot and cheese …………..

Chinese salad ………………

DESSERTS:

milk chocolate ……………..

vanilla ice-cream …………..

BEVERAGE:

sherry ……………………..

white coffee ……………….

cocoa ………………………

tea …………………………

$ 13

$45

$36.7

10.34

36.7

$67.3

$13.45

$9.3

$8.56

$4.6

$3.5

$36.8

$3.36

$4.23

$1.35

mushroom soup …………..

borsch …………………….

roast beef …………………

fish cutlets ……………….

turkey ……………………..

rice ………………………..

SALADS:

cabbage and apples ………..

Stolichny salad ……………

beet salad …………………

DESSERTS:

plum pudding ………………

strawberry with cream ……..

BEVERAGE:

mineral water ……………..

beer ………………………..

wine ……………………….

strong coffee ………………

………...

………....

…………

………....

………....

………….

………...

…………

………....

…………

………....

…………

………...

………...

…………

for Student B:

MENU 2 MENU 1

mushroom soup …………..

borsch …………………….

roast beef …………………

fish cutlets ……………….

turkey …………………….

rice ……………………….

SALADS:

$14.5

$23.56

$45.34

$23.45

$49.99

$12.22

snail soup ………………….

beefsteak …………………..

meat cutlets ……………….

bacon and eggs ……………

salmon ……………………

prawns ……………………

SALADS:

………...

………...

…………

………...

………...

…………

38

cabbage and apples ……….

Stolichny salad ……………

beet salad …………………

DESSERTS:

plum pudding ……………..

strawberry with cream …….

BEVERAGE:

mineral water ……………..

beer ……………………….

wine ………………………

strong coffee ………………

$10.22

$21.44

$ 8.00

$24.3

$19.77

$2.4

$3.6

$36.8

$2.5

tomatoes and cucumbers ….

carrot and cheese …………

Chinese salad ……………..

DESSERTS:

milk chocolate ……………..

vanilla ice-cream ………….

BEVERAGE:

sherry ……………………..

white coffee ………………

cocoa ……………………..

tea ……………………….

………...

…………

………...

…………

………...

…………

………...

………....

…………

XI. Calculation

We read equations like this:

13+45=58

or

thirteen plus forty-five is fifty-eight

thirteen plus forty-five equals fifty-eight

50-31=19

or

fifty minus thirty-one is nineteen

fifty minus thirty-one leaves nineteen

15 * 2=30 fifteen multiplied by two is thirty

30 : 2=15 thirty divided by two is fifty

4.11.1. Write in words.

46 + 18 = 64 ………………………………………………

15 – 8 =7 ………………………………………………

80 – 30 = 50 ………………………………………………

11 + 9 = 20 ………………………………………………

4 + 40 = 44 ………………………………………………

10 + 8 = 18 ………………………………………………

79 – 50 = 29 ………………………………………………

39

99 + 1 = 100 ………………………………………………

30: 5 = 6 ………………………………………………

5 * 5 = 25 ………………………………………………

9 * 9 = 81 ………………………………………………

10 : 2 = 5 ………………………………………………

6 * 8 = 48 ………………………………………………

6 * 6 = 36 ………………………………………………

4.11.2. Pair work.

a. Write 6 decimals in row 1 below. Your partner mustn’t see them.




1

2

4.11.3. We read fractions like this. 1/2 a (one) half 1/3 a (one) third 2/4 two-forth 7/9 seven-ninth

5 ½ five and a half

8 7/9 eight and seven-ninth

150km/3hr 150km per 3 hours

4.11.4. Write in words. 1/4 ……………………………………………… 2/5 ……………………………………………… 3/6 ………………………………………………

40

4/8 ……………………………………………… 9/2 ………………………………………………

63/5 ………………………………………………

240km/4hr ………………………………………………

100km/7hr ………………………………………………

300m/10sec ………………………………………………

4.11.5. Pair work.

a. Write 6 fractions in row 1 below. Your partner mustn’t see them.

b. Then ask your partner to tell his/her fractions and write them in row 2.


d. Now your turn to read your fractions.

1

2

4.11.6. We read:

10o ten degrees

6′ six minutes

six feet

8′′ eight seconds

ten inches

a1 a first

a3 a third

32 three square

the square of three

three to the second (power)

43 four cubed

the cube of four

four to the third (power)

41

c14 c to the fourteenth (power)

a-10 a to the minus tenth (power)

4.11.7. Pair work.

a. Write 6 numbers in row 1 below. Your partner mustn’t see them.




1

2

42

UNIT 5. THE PREPOSITION

Предлог – служебное слово, указывающее на отношение

существительного или местоимения к другим словам в предложении. Предлоги

выражают пространственные, временные, причинные и другие отношения.

5.1. Read the following paragraph paying attention to the use of prepositions.

Hyde Park originally

royal hunting forest is in

London. It’s in the west of

London. Off Hyde Park there is

a park, called Green Park. This

park is south-west of Hyde

Park. The Serpentine canal

flows through the park. South

of the Serpentine is Rotten Row, a fashionable spot for horse-riding. Marble Arch is

in the south of Hyde Park. Near Marble Arch there is Speaker’s Corner. Beyond

Hyde Park there is another royal park, Kensington Gardens. The Round Pond is in it.

Regent’s park is some kilometers from Hyde Park.

5.2. Complete the descriptionwith

prepositions.

Taiwan is an island off the

coast of China. It’s … of Shanghai

which is a large town …. China.

Shanghai is … the Changjiang.

Taipei is … the coast of Taiwan.

Many tourists come and stay …

Taipei. Taiwan is … of Philippines.

43

It’s some kilometers … it. Hainan is an island ... the coast of china. It’s … of Macao.

Macao is a port, which … the coast.

5.3. Complete the description with

prepositions.

Japan is an island … the coast

of North Korea, South Korea and

Russia. It’s some kilometers … the

coast. It’s … of the coast. Tokyo is

… Japan. Vakkanai is … the coast

of Japan. It’s … Nemuro, a city

which is … the coast of Japan.

5.4 Complete the street plan.

Read the description below,

and draw the symbols in their

correct position.

There is a church in

North Street. Next to the

church, south of it, there is a

hotel. Next to the church, on the corner of East Street, there is a post office. Next to

the post office, just south of it, there is a tree. In front of the hotel, there is a school.

Opposite the school in South Street there is a coffee bar. Behind the coffee bar there

is a book shop.

5.5.A. Paula, David and Mark are talking about the places that they like for their

holidays.

Paula: I like climbing, so I like a place in the mountains.

David: As for me I like swimming. I like a place on the sea, or on the

lake, or on the river. When the weather is cold I don’t swim in

44

the sea or the lake.

Mark: Well, I prefer a quiet holiday. I like a place that’s off the road.

5.5.B. Write in or on in column 2.

1. Blagoveschensk is on the River Amur

2. In summer we swim the River Amur

3. The hotel is the mountain.

4. Chicago is Lake Michigan.

5. Vladivostok is the Japan Sea

6. People swim the Japan Sea

7. The forest hotel is the road in a quiet place.

8. A place is the wood.

5.6. Complete the sentences with prepositions.

Paula likes hotel C, because it is by a river, and hotel D because it is … a lake.

David likes hotel A because it is … the mountain, and he likes hotel B even better,

because it is right … a mountain. Mark likes hotel F, because it is … the road, hotel E

because it is … a wood, and of course he likes hotels A and B, because they are …

the road.

45

5.7.А. Read the description of

Mark’s room.

His guitar is on a chair. He

has some pictures on the wall.

There are several books on the

shelves. The shelves are above

the bed. The computer is on the

table which is in the corner of

the room. Mark’s bag is on the

floor. It’s at the armchair. You

can see a tree through the window.

5.7.В. Now complete Paula’s room.

Paula has some pictures on

the walls. She has none … the

ceiling. … the window, you can

see the sea. Paula’s tennis racquet

is … the wall. Another one is …

the floor. The cat is sleeping … the

armchair. There are several books

... the chair which is … the wall.

There is a plant … the armchair.

The clock is … the wall.

5.8. Fill in prepositions.

1. Put the book ... the drawer. 2. Come … the room. 3. Go … …. the room.

4. He has some friends … Bonn. 5. Don’t put the pencils … the box. 6. Take the

newspaper …the table. 7. The letter is … the book. 8. Go … Room Four. 9. Come …

the blackboard. 10. Take the books and notebooks … … your bags! 11. She has a pen

... her hand. 12. Go ... the university. 13. Have you got a dog … the house?

46

5.9. Fill in prepositions if necessary.

1. He must go … Saint Petersburg … spring. 2. We take our written exams ...

January. 3. Our studies begin ....autumn. 4. What do you do … Sunday? 5. All the

students of our group will take part in the concert ... the eighth ... May. 6. May I ring

you up … the morning? 7. My elder brother is a doctor. He often comes ... home late

... night. 8. Is there anybody ... the Dean’s office? 9. I must go and see him … three

o’clock … Friday. 10. Listen … the next text ... the laboratory. 11. Look … the

blackboard. Do you see any mistakes ... it? 12. Who is … duty today? 13. Will you

go … the blackboard? 14. You may go … your place. 15. … the right … the dining-

table there is a cupboard.

5.10. Fill in the prepositions if necessary.

1. When we go … foreign countries we see and learn a lot ... things. 2. She

says she likes to go … Great Britain ... winter. 3. Japan is a country … the western

part … the Pacific Ocean. It consists ... many islands, large and small. Some … them

are only a few miles long. 4. It is ... the south … our country. 5. My sister lives ... the

Far East. 6. The Yellow Sea is ... the west. 7. Show us the longest river ... Russia ...

the map. 8. It is ... the centre ... Europe. 9. St. Petersburg is ... the north-west ...

Moscow. 10. Thousands … students … all nationalities study ... the universities ...

our country. 11. One ... the students ... our group is ... Singapore. 12. What’s the

capital ... China? 13. What language do they speak … Brazil?


1. Pass ... me the salt, please. 2. Pass the salt … me. 3. Give the bread … me.

4. Show this text … the teacher. 5. Show … the teacher this book. 6. He is going to

come … half an hour. 7. Look … the boy. 8. The children are playing … the garden.

9. They have breakfast … 8 o’clock … the morning. 10. I dine … 3 o’clock … the

afternoon. 11. What do you see … the picture? 12. The bell is ringing. The students

are coming … the room. The teacher is entering … the room. 13. The bell is ringing

47

and the students are leaving … the room. 14. He is leaving … St. Petersburg, you

know.

5.12. Fill in the prepositions on, in, or into.

1. Where is the book? – It is … the table. 2. Where is the tea? – It is … the cup.

3. Put the plates … the table. 4. Put the book … the bag. 5. There is a beautiful

picture … the wall. 6. He went … the room. 7. I like to sit … the sofa … my room.

8. Mother is cooking dinner … the kitchen. She went … the room and sat down ... the

sofa. 10. There are many people ... the park today. 11. There is a girl standing … the

bridge. Why is she crying? – She has dropped her doll … the water. 12. There is no

tea … my cup. 13. Pour some tea … my cup. 14. Put these flowers … the window-

sill. 15. I saw many people … the platform waiting for the train. 16. We went …the

garden and sat down … a bench. 17. The teacher hung a picture … the blackboard.

18. I opened the door and went ... the classroom. The teacher was writing some words

… the blackboard. The pupils were writing these words … their exercise-books.

There were some books and pens … the teacher’s table. There were two maps … the

wall and some flowers … the window-sills. I saw a pen … the floor. I picked it up

and put it … the table. 19. He put his hand … his pocket, took out a letter and

dropped it … the mail-box which hung … the wall of the house. Then he got ... his

car and drove off.

5.13. Translate the following sentences into English using the prepositions on, in, at,

to, into.

1. Идите к доске. 2. Напишите число на доске. 3. Повесьте картину на

доску. 4. Она налила в вазу воды и поставила в нее цветы. Потом она пошла к

окну и поставила вазу на подоконник. 5. Учитель стоит у доски. Он пишет на

доске предложение. Ученики сидят за партами. Они пишут это предложение в

своих тетрадях. 6. Ник вошел в кухню и сел за стол. Мама стояла у плиты. Она

подошла к столу, поставила на стол чашку и налила в чашку чаю. 7. Мы

собрали в лесу много грибов. 8. Маша открыла дверь и вошла в дом. В доме

48

никого не было. Медведи были в лесу. В комнате Маша увидела стол. Она

подошла к столу. На столе она увидела три тарелки.

5.14. Translate the following sentences into English using the prepositions on, in, at,

to, into.

1. Катя была в комнате. Она у книжного шкафа. 2. На полу лежал толстый

ковер. Дети сели на ковер и начали играть. 3. Где мальчики? – Они играют во

дворе. 4. Сейчас зима. На земле лежит снег. На реке лед. 5. Она подошла к

доске. Взяла мел и начала писать на доске. 6. Масло на столе. Поставь его в

холодильник. А теперь садись на стол. В этом стакане сок. Выпей его и поставь

стакан на полку. 7. Где твоя ручка? – Она в моем кармане. 8. Положи в карман

платок. 9. Он прыгнул в реку и быстро поплыл к острову.

5.15. Translate the following sentences into English.

1. Где Коля? – Он в университете. 2. Папа ходит на работу каждый день.

3. Вчера папа был на работе, а мама была дома. 4. Вчера я ходил в библиотеку.

В библиотеке я взял очень интересную книгу. 5. Катя сидела за столом. На

столе лежали книги и тетради. Папа подошел к столу и поставил на стол вазу. В

вазу он поставил цветы. 6. Вчера мы ходили на выставку. На выставке мы

видели много картин. 7. Где Том? – Он на стадионе. Он всегда ходит на стадион

в воскресенье. А его сестра ходит в плавательный бассейн. Сейчас она в

бассейне.


1. Ты любишь ходить в театр. 2. Когда мы пришли на вокзал, мы

поставили свои вещи на платформу и сели на скамейку. Мама пошла в магазин

и купила лимонаду. 3. Вчера на уроке учитель сказал мне: «На доске две

ошибки. Иди к доске и исправь ошибки». 4. Вы были вчера на концерте? – Нет,

мы работали в библиотеке, а потом мы пошли в парк. В парке мы играли, а

49

потом сидели на траве. 5. Положи книгу в портфель и иди к доске. 6. Сегодня

во дворе много ребят.

5.17. Translate the following sentences into English using the prepositions to or into.

1. Иди в парк. 2. Войди в парк. 3. Она пошла в кухню. 4. Она вошла в

кухню. 5. Не ходите в магазин. 6. Не входите в магазин. 7. Она побежала во

двор. 8. Она вбежала во двор. 9. Я пошел в сад. 10. Я вошел в сад. 11. Мы

пошли в лес. 12. Мы вошли в лес. 13. Идите в класс. 14. Войдите в класс.

5.18. Fill in the prepositions in or to.

1. We did not want to stay ... town on such a hot day, so we went … the

country. 2. It is very late. Go … bed at once. 3. Where is your little sister? – She is …

bed. Mother always puts her … bed at eight o’clock. 4. In summer my mother does

not go … work and I don’t go … school. We live … the country. My father goes …

work every day, so he stays ... town. But sometimes he comes … the country after

work and goes back ... town early in the morning, when I am still ... bed. 5. In winter

I usually go … bed at ten o’clock because I study at school and have to get up early.

5.19. Fill in the prepositions at or on.

1. I get up … seven o’clock or … a quarter past seven. 2. ... Sunday I usually

get up … nine o’clock or half past nine. But last Sunday I slept very long and got up

only … noon. 3. Lev Tolstoy liked to get up … sunrise. 4. Our lessons are usually

over… twenty minutes to two. 5. They returned from the wood … sunset. 6. I began

writing my composition … seven o’clock and finished only … midnight. 7. My

birthday is … the ninth of July. 8. The school year begins … the first of September.

9. … the twenty-fifth of December people celebrate Christmas. 10. … Wednesday I

usually have a lot of homework.

50

5.20. Translate the sentences into English using the prepositions to, in, on, at.

В прошлом месяце моя тетя не ходила на работу. Она вставала в десять

часов и ложилась спать в полночь. Она часто ходила в театр и в кино. Но в этом

месяце она встает на восходе солнца, потому что она опять ходит на работу.

Она работает в университете. Учебный год в университете начинается в

сентябре, а кончается в мае. В январе и в июне студенты сдают экзамены. Тетя

ходит в университет во вторник, в среду, в четверг и в субботу. В понедельник

она всегда работает в библиотеке. В пятницу она обычно ездит за город. Она

встает в семь и едет на вокзал. За городом она проводит целый день и

возвращается в город на поезде. На будущей неделе моя тетя поедет в Лондон,

а в будущем году – в Нью-Йорк.

5.21. Fill in the prepositions to or of:

1. He brought a book … English poems and gave it … his sister. 2. I wrote …

him asking to send me a box … chocolates. 3. The roof … the house is very old.

4. There is a monument … Pushkin in the square … arts. 5. One wheel … my car

must be changed. 6. He was standing outside the door … his house and explaining ...

the mechanic what was wrong with his car. 7. He gave her a big bunch … flowers.

8. I sent a letter ... my friend. 9. The streets … St. Petersburg are straight. 10. Many

pages … this book are torn. 11. The young scientist was trying to prove … the

professor the necessity … the experiment. 12. London is the capital … Great Britain.

13. The embankments … the Neva are faced with granite. 14. It is clear … me that

you don’t know your lesson. 15. He was devoted … his friend. 16. I explained … the

teacher that by the end … the lesson I had not finished the translation … the text and

that’s why I had not handed it … him. The surprise … the teacher was great.


1. My mother is afraid … cats. 2. “What do you complain …?” asked the

doctor. 3. Don’t enter … the room. 4. What are you laughing …? 5. They did not

want to listen … me. 6. Wait … me. I’ll be back … a few minutes. 7. Yesterday the

51

teacher told ... us about the architecture … St. Petersburg. 8. My grandmother often

complains … headache. 9. I am sorry, I can’t speak ... you now, the professor is

waiting … me. I must go … the institute and explain … him some details ... our

work. Come … the evening, I shall listen … you very attentively and answer … all

your questions. 10. … nine o’clock the lecturer entered … the hall, walked up … the

table, put his bag … it, looked … everybody and began his lecture. The lecture, as all

the lectures … this professor, was very interesting, and the students listened … him

with great attention.


1. Turn … the corner … the house and look … the flowers grown by my

mother. 2. He was an excellent pupil, and the teachers never complained ... him.

3. She complained … feeling bad and could not answer … the questions … the

teacher. 4. We tried to speak … him, but he did not want to listen … us. He did not

even look … us and did not answer … our questions. 5. Your brother complains …

you. He says you always laugh ... him, never speak … him and never answer ... his

questions. 6. When I entered … the room, everybody looked … me with surprise:

they had not waited … me. 7. At the end … the street she turned ... the corner,

walked … the bus-stop and began waiting ... the bus.

5.24. Fill in the prepositions.

1. I am tired … drilling. 2. You are good … geography. 3. What subjects are

you bad ….? 4. What are you interested …? 5. Why were you late for the important

meeting yesterday? 6. Why are you angry … me? 7. I am sorry … my words. 8. What

are you busy …? 9. Who is absent … the lesson? 10. Who is present … the

conference? 11. Are you glad … my work? 12. Are you satisfied … the results of

your test? Now you see that to be good … this subject you must study a lot. 13. They

were not ready … the rehearsal. 14. You are interested … painting, aren’t you?

15. Will you be present … the exam, professor? – No, I won’t. But maybe I’ll be late

… it. 16. Why are you sorry … this? It is not your fault.

52


1. Он перешел дорогу и вошел в кафе. 2. Она ходила по комнате. 3. Они

плавали по южным морям. 4. Иди по этой дорожке через поле и через лес, и

через два-три часа ты подойдешь к реке. 5. Они бродили по городу с рассвета

до заката, говорили со многими людьми, смотрели на прекрасные дворцы и

памятники. Вечером они вернулись в гостиницу, усталые, но довольные. 6. Том

перепрыгнул через забор и побежал по улице. Через несколько секунд он

повернул за угол и исчез.


1. Пройдите по этому коридору, заверните за угол в конце коридора и

войдите в первую комнату. 2. Через пять минут все сидели за столом и слушали

бабушку. 3. Он смотрел на лодки, плывущие по реке. 4. В прошлом году мы

путешествовали по Европе. 5. Он шел по улице и смотрел на лица прохожих.

6. Собака подбежала к реке, прыгнула в воду, переплыла реку и вбежала в лес.

53

UNIT 6. THE VERB

Глагол в английском языке имеет более сложную систему видовременных

форм, чем в русском языке. Эта система охватывает личные и неличные формы.

Личные формы глагола выражают следующие категории: лицо, число, время,

вид, перфект, залог, наклонение. Личная форма в английском языке в

предложении употребляется в форме сказуемого. В английском языке в отличие

от русского глагол-связка никогда не опускается. Основным глаголом-связкой

служит глагол to be. Например: I am ill. – Я болен. She is a student. – Она

студентка.

1. The Verb to be

утвердительная форма вопросительная форма отрицательная форма

I am Am I? I am not

He, she, it is Is he, she, it? He, she, it is not

We, they, you are Are we, they, you? We they, you are not

В прошедшем времени глагол to be принимает форму was для

единственного числа и were для множественного числа. В будущем времени –

will be.

6.1.1. Put in am, is or are.

1. The sky is very blue today. 2. I … not tired. 3. This shelf … very heavy.

4. These shelves … very heavy. 5. The child … asleep. 6. Look! This … Mabel. 7. I

…cold. Can you shut the window, please? 8. The castle … one thousand years old.

9. Му brother and I … good tennis players. 10. Amy … at home but her parents … in

church. 11. I … а student. 12. Му sister … an archeologist.

54

6.1.2. Write full sentences. Use аm, is, аrе each time.

1. (my grandparents/very old) My grandparents are very оld.

2. (my desk/very comfortable) ………………………………………………………

3. (your spectacles/in your bag) ……………………………………………………

4. (I/not very clever/today) ………………………………………………………..

5. (this house/very expensive) ………………………………………………………

6. (the shops/not open/today) ……………………………………………………….

7. (Mr Wren's grandson/six years old) ……………………………………………..

6.1.3. Put in аm, is, are, was, were. Some sentences are present and some are past.

1. Last year their son was 26, so he is 27 now. 2. Today the weather … nice,

but yesterday it … cold. I … cold. 3. Can I have something hot to drink? I … thirsty.

4. I … hungry last night, so I had something to eat. 5. Where … you at 10 о'clock last

Sunday morning? 6. Don’t buy those shoes. They … too expensive. 7. Why … you so

tired yesterday? 8. We must go now. It … very late. 9. This time last year I … in

England. 10. We … tired when we arrived home, so we went to bed. 11. Anton

Chekhov died in 1904. Не … а famous Russian writer. 12. “Where … the dogs?” – “I

don’t know.” 13. They … in the garden ten minutes ago.

6.1.4. Translate into English.

1. Я студент. 2. Я был школьником. 3. Я буду врачом. 4. Он учитель? Нет,

он не учитель. 5. Где они были вчера вечером? 6. Его вчера не было в

институте. 7. Ее не было дома в 5 часов. 8. Она была на вечеринке вчера?

9. Они женаты. 10. Вчера погода была прекрасная, и мы были на даче. 11. Я не

буду на лекции сегодня, потому что я буду в больнице. 12. Я очень сильно

устаю в университете. 13. Я хочу пить. 14. Вчера, после марафона, я сильно

хотела пить. 15. Ты будешь в библиотеке после обеда? 16. Мама и я были в

магазине утром.

55

6.1.5. Give the following sentences in the plural.

1. This is a pen. These are pens.

2. That is a pen. Those are pens.

3. That is a fork. …………………..

4. This is a park. …………………..

5. That is a garden. ……….……….

6. This is a desk. …………………...

7. That is a door. ………………………

8. This is my bird. …………………….

9. That is his dog. ………………………

10. That is her daughter. ………………

11. This is a box. ………………………

12. This is a spoon. …………………….

6.1.6. Complete the following general questions to make them alternative.

1. Is he busy? Is he busy or free?

2. Is your sister at the institute? …………………………………………………

3. Is the doctor at the hospital? …………………………………………………

4. Is his wife in the park? ………………………………………………………

5. Is the exercise easy? …………………………………………………………

6. Are you free on Sunday? ..................................................................................

7. Are these lessons difficult? ...............................................................................

8. Are they in the garden? ………………………………………………………

6.1.7. Respond to the following sentences. Express your surprise or doubt as in the

models.

1. This is a good car. Is it?

2. This isn’t a good car. Isn’t it? 3. These are long sentences……………..

4. This isn’t a bad book. …….…………..

5. This isn’t a thick copy-book. …………

6. This is a big dog. …………………….

7. This isn’t a small park. ………………

8. This is a dark garden. ………………..

9. This isn’t a bad idea. …………………

10. This is a light room. ………………...

6.1.8. Let the members of the class ask and answer questions as in the model. Add a

sentence of your own.

1. Is your brother a student? No, he isn’t. He is still a pupil.

2. His father isn’t a doctor. No, he isn’t. He is an officer.

56

3. ………………………………………………………………………………

4. ………………………………………………………………………………

5. ………………………………………………………………………………

6.1.9. Give questions to the following sentences.

1. On Thursday the doctor is in. 2. The boss is still in the office. 3. He is a top

student. 4. She is everybody’s pet. 5. She is sick and tired of them. 6. The pen is on

the table. 7. The pencil is in the table. 8. The student is at the blackboard. 9. She is an

early-riser. 10. English is a difficult subject. 11. The course of English at the

university is more interesting and more complicated than at school. 12. English is an

international language.

6.1.10. Fill in a) am, is, are; b) was, were; c) will be:

1. I ... an English student. 2. His name … Nicholas Raid. 3. My sister’s

children … in the garden. 4. … your parents at home? 5. … she at the university?

6. … you married? 7. How old … you? – I ... seventeen. 8. What … you all? – We …

all students. 9. … your girl-friends students? 10. She … everybody’s pet. 11. How

old ... they? – She … forty and he … fifty- six. 12. … she good at school? 13. … they

good at school? 14. He … of age. 15. They … of age. 16. I ... of age. 17. You …

squeezed as an orange. 18. Sorry, I … in a hurry. 19. My family … a shelter.

6.1.11. Answer the following questions.

1. Is this your pen or mine? 2. Whose bag is this? 3. Is this watch yours or

mine? 4. Is that watch hers or his? 5. Is this your room or theirs? 6. Is this box yours

or ours? 7. Is this your desk or their desk? 8. Is this notebook mine or yours? 9. Is this

tape-recorder ours or theirs? 10. How many students are there in your group?

11. How many students are absent? 12. Who is the monitor in your group?

13. What’s the monitor’s name? 14. Where is your bag? 15. Is your ball-pen good?

What colour is it? 16. Is there much chalk at the board? 17. Are there Russian or

English books in your bag? 18. Have you got a watch? Is it right or wrong?

57

6.1.12. Respond to the following sentences as in the model.

1. She is well-bred. Is she?

2. I am not busy. …………………..…

3. Tom is already ten. ………….…….

4. They are seventeen. ……………….

5. He is lazy. …………………………

6. She was squeezed as an orange.

………………………………………...

7. They were in a hurry. ………………

8. She will be at home. …………………..

9. They won’t be at school. …………..…

10. Jessie is free on Sunday. ………….…

11. The lesson is over. …………………..

12. This translation is difficult. ……….…

13. I was fond of swimming. …………....

14. I am busy…………………………..…

6.1.13. Put the verb to be in the present simple tense.

1. I am a student. 2. My father … not a teacher, he … a scientist. 3. … your

aunt a doctor? – Yes, she … . 4. … they at home? – No, they ... not at home, they …

at work. 5. My brother … a worker. He ... at work. 6. … you an engineer? – Yes, I …

7. … your sister a typist? – No, she … not a typist, she … a student. 8. … your

brother at school? – Yes, he … . 9. … your sister at school? – No, she … not at

school. 10. My sister … at home. 11. … this your watch? – Yes, it ... . 12. She … an

actress. 13. This … my bag. 14. My uncle … an office-worker. 15. He … at work.

16. Helen … a painter. She has some fine pictures. They … on the walls. 17. She has

much paper. It … on the shelf. 18. The shelf … brown. It … on the wall. 19. Helen

has a brother. He … a student. 20. He has a family. His family … not in St.

Petersburg, it … in Moscow.

6.1.14. Translate the sentences into English using the verb to be in present simple.

1. Я студент. Я в школе. 2. Мой брат художник. Он не инженер. 3. Моя

сестра на работе. Она врач. 4. Он студент. 5. Вы студент? – Нет, я врач. 6. Моя

сестра дома. 7. Мы не в школе. Мы дома. 8. Мой брат ученик. Он в школе.

9. Ваша мама дома? – Нет, она на работе. 10. Ваш двоюродный брат дома? –

Нет, он в школе. Он ученик. 12. Ваша сестра учительница? – Нет, она

58

студентка. 13. Твой папа на работе? – Нет, он дома. 14. Моя мама не

учительница. Она врач.

6.1.15. Translate the sentences into English using the verb to be in present simple.

1. Чья это ручка? – Это моя ручка. 2. Чья это книга? – Это ваша книга.

3. Чей это стол? – Это стол моего брата. 4. Чья это сумка? – Это сумка моей

мамы. 5. Чей это карандаш? – Это карандаш моей сестры. 6. Это твоя тетрадь? –

Да. 7. Это тетрадь твоего брата? – Нет, это моя тетрадь. 8. Где ваш стол? – Он

посередине комнаты. 9. Где твоя ручка? – Она в моем кармане. 10. Где твоя

тетрадь? – Она на столе. 11. Где твоя мама? – Она на работе. 12. Где твой брат?

– Она на работе. 13. Чей это карандаш? – Это мой карандаш. – А где мой

карандаш? – Он на столе. 15. Чьи это часы? – Это мои часы. – А где мои часы?

– Они на столе.

6.1.16. Translate the sentences into English using the verb to be in the present or the

past simple tense:

1. Я ученик. 2. Он летчик. 3. Она доктор. 4. Мы студенты. 5. Вы рабочие.

6. Ты рабочий. 7. Они ученики. 8. Я дома. 9. Он в школе. 10. Она в кино?

11. Мы в парке. 12. Они в театре? 13. Она молодая? 14. Он старый. 15. Она не

старая. 16. Они сильные. 17. Она больна. 18. Вы больны. 19. Он болен? 20. Я не

болен. 21. Я был болен вчера. 22. Она не была больна. 23. Мы были в кино.

24. Они не были в кино. 25. Они не в школе. 26. Они дома. 27. Вы были в парке

вчера? 28. Он был рабочим. 29. Он был учителем.

6.1.17. Put the verb to be in the present, past or future simple tense.

1. My father … a teacher last year. 2. He … a pupil twenty years ago. 3. I … a

doctor when I grow up. 4. My sister … not … at home tomorrow. 5. She ... at school

tomorrow. 6. … you … at home tomorrow? 7. … your father at work yesterday?

8. My sister … ill last week. 9. She … not ill now. 10. Yesterday we … at the theatre.

11. Where … your mother now? – She … in the kitchen. 12. Where … you

59

yesterday? – I … at the cinema. 13. When I come home tomorrow, all my family ... at

home. 14. … your little sister in bed now? – Yes, she … 15. ... you … at school

tomorrow? – Yes, I … 16. When my granny … young, she … an actress. 17. My

friend … in Moscow now. 18. He … in St. Petersburg tomorrow. 19. Where ... your

books now? – They … in my bag.

6.1.18. Translate the sentences into English using the verb to be in the present, future

or past simple tense.

1. Мой брат сейчас в школе. 2. Мой брат был вчера в школе. 3. Мой брат

будет завтра дома. 4. Ты будешь дома завтра? 5. Она была вчера в парке? 6. Он

сейчас во дворе? 7. Где папа? 8. Где вы были вчера? 9. Где он будет завтра?

10. Мои книги были на столе. Где они сейчас? 11. Моя мама вчера не была на

работе. Она была дома. 12. Мой друг не в парке. Он в школе. 13. Завтра в три

часа Коля и Миша будут во дворе. 14. Мы не были на юге прошлым летом. Мы

были в Москве. 15. Завтра мой дедушка будет в деревне. 16. Когда твоя сестра

будет дома? 17. Ты будешь летчиком? – Нет, я буду моряком.

6.1.19. Fill in the verb to be in the present simple tense.

1. I … tired. 2. He … tired of work, … he? 3. … they tired? 4. … you fond of

traveling? 5. She … not fond of reading, … she? 6. He … proud of his son. 7. You …

good at mathematics, but you … bad at physics. As for me, I … good at maths. 8 …

she good at history? 9. What … you interested in? 10. They … hungry and thirsty, …

they? 11. Why … you angry with me? 12. Whom … they angry with? 13. Why …

you late for the lesson? 14. I ... sorry, … you sorry? 15. I … pleased with your

attention. 16. What ... you busy with? 17. They … ready for the lesson, … they?

6.1.20. Fill in the verb to be in the past simple tense.

1. Who … present at the conference, I wonder? 2. Why … you absent from the

students meeting? 3. On Sunday I … free. 4. I … glad for you. You won the chess

competition! 5. Yesterday they … free, … they? 6. … they late for the train? 7. In

60

past he … interested in swimming. 8. What subjects … you good at? 9. What subjects

… he bad at? 10. She … angry with me, … she? 11. They … not tired, … they?

12. … you good or bad at English at school? – I … good at English.

6.1.21. Fill in the verb to be in the future simple tense.

1. I am sure he … angry with all of us. 2. After jogging you … thirsty. 3. In the

first part of Monday I … free, but then I … busy with my course paper. 4. As usual

he ... late for the lesson. 5. We … proud of you. 6. They … sorry for their behaviour.

7. They … happy. 8. Our family … a shelter from troubles and misfortunes.

6.1.22. Fill in the verb to be in the future, present or past simple tense.

1. Yesterday he … angry with me, but today he … not. 2. I … pleased with

your course paper, but the professor … not. 3. I … thirsty, but as I see you … not.

4. They … fond of their country. 5. Tomorrow she … free for the whole day. 6. Two

minutes ago they … here. Where … they now, I wonder? 7. In my childhood I …

interested in gardening. 8. Soon after drilling we … good at English. 9. Nick’s

parents … proud of their son, because he has passed the exam with an excellent mark.

10. … you … busy next Monday? – Unfortunately, I …, but on Tuesday I … free.

11. Judging by the expression of his face he … not pleased with my work. – Yes, the

boss … angry with you, because of lots of mistakes in your work. 12. I … glad for

you. 13. I … glad with your preparation.

61

2. “There is/ there are” Construction

Present Simple Past Simple Future Simple

утвердительная форма:

There is a bus in the street

На улице автобус.

There are buses in the

street

вопросительная форма:

Is there a bus in the street?

Are there buses in the

street?

отрицательная форма:

There is no bus in the

street.

There are no buses in the

street.


There was a bus in the

street

На улице был автобус.

There were buses in the

street


Was there a bus in the

street?

Were there buses in the

street?


There was no bus in the

street.

There were no buses in

the street.


There will be a bus in the

street

На улице будет автобус.

There will be buses in the

street


Will be there a bus in the

street?

Will be there buses in the

street?


There will be no bus in the

street.

There will be no buses in

the street.

6.2.1. Make the sentences interrogative and negative.

1. There are a lot of people at the stadium. 2. There's a good film on TV

tonight. 3. There are museums in this street. 4. There's a bus at the bus stop. 5. There

are a few changes in the text. 6. There are plenty of glasses in the cupboard. 7. There

is something on the plate. 8. There is somebody in the room. 9. There's something on

the shelf. 10. There are difficult exercises in this book. 11. There's a very important

letter for John. 12. There are several empty seats in the room. 13. There are some

dishes on the table. 14. There is some sugar in the sugar-basin. 15. There are some

pears on the plate. 16. There's a pair of gloves on the counter.

62

6.2.2. Put the following sentences into disjunctive and general questions.

1. There is a teapot on the table. 2. There are some flowers in the vase. 3. There

aren't any English books on the shelf. 4. There is nobody in the garden. 5. There is a

lot of milk in the jug. 6. There aren't any mistakes in your test. 7. There isn't any

flower in your room. 8. There are some pictures on the walls of the room. 9. There is

some coffee in the cup. 10. There are six continents in the world. 11. There are a lot

of flowers in the garden. 12. There is nothing in the box. 13. There aren't any new

words in the text. 14. There is a lot of snow in the forest.

6.2.3. Use "there is/are" “there was/were” constructions.

1. Look! … their telephone number in the letter. 2. Chichester is а very old

town. … many old buildings. 3. Excuse me, … а restaurant near here? 4. How many

students … in your group? 5. I was hungry but … nothing to eat. 6. … а football

match on TV last night. 7. … many people at the meeting? 8. Look! … an accident.

Call the ambulance! 9. … 24 hours in а day. 10. This box is empty … nothing in it.

11. … somebody at the airport

6.2.4. Fill in the blanks with some, any, not any, much, many, not much, not many,

very little, a little, very few, a few.

1. Are there ... college-graduates among your friends? — Yes, there are ...

2. Are there ... students in the next classroom? — No, there aren’t ... . 3. I haven't got

… time, I must hurry. 4. I have … time and can help you. 5. There are ... cups on the

table, but there aren't … glasses. 6. I have very ... time and can't stay any longer. 7.

We know very ... about it. 8. I have ... questions to ask. 9. Very ... people know

Doctor Brown. 10. There are ... girls in the family, are there? 11. There's very ...

chalk at the blackboard, go and bring ... 12. There are ... students in the hall, are

there? 13. There isn't... tea in the tea-pot. 14. There isn't ... paper in the box, I need

more. 15. There aren't ... pencils in the box, don't take … 16. It's a secret. Very ...

people know about it. 17. Please add … more tea in my cup.

63

6.2.5. Fill in the blanks with it is or there is.

1. ... warm in the room. 2. ... a theatre in our street 3. … easy to understand this

rule. 4. ... five o'clock in the afternoon. 5. … so nice seeing you again. 6. ... nothing to

be done about this. 7. … often a rainbow after rain. 8. ... а lot of snow this year. 9. ...

a mistake in your dictation. 10. … far from my house to the Institute. 11. ... electricity

in all the houses of the town. 12. ... a party at our Institute tonight. 13. ... a lot of

work. 14. ... not any coffee left. 15. ... cold today; ... a strong wind. 16. ... dark; ... no

moon. 17. ... two windows in the classroom. 18. … a post-office near the house I live

in. 19. ... not any sugar in my coffee.


А. 1. B этом журнале много интересных статей. 2. В нашем городе много

музеев и театров. 3. В этой комнате есть телефон? 4. В этой комнате два окна.

5. В чашке не было чая. 6. Сколько статей было в этом журнале? — Там было

несколько статей.7. Сколько студентов в аудитории? — Двадцать. 8. Рядом с

нашим домом будет парк. 9. На этой улице была школа? 10. На столе лежит

несколько книг.

В. 1. Рядом с нашим домом есть школа. Школа находится рядом с нашим

домом. 2. В городе несколько театров. Театры находятся в центре города. 3. В

вазе стояли цветы. Цветы стояли в красивой вазе. 4. В театре много детей. Дети

сейчас в театре. 5. Существует несколько способов решения этой задачи.

Способы решения этой задачи приведены на странице.

6.2.7. Rewrite the following in the plural.

1. There is a sentence on the board. 2. Is there a chair in the room? 3. There is

not any cup on the table. 4. Is there a dictionary on the desk? 5. There is a match in

the box. 6. There is a boy in the picture. 7. There is no child in their family.

64

6.2.8. a) Express your surprise asking questions as in the model.

1. A: There is a dog in the room.

B: Is there? Is there really a dog in the room?

A: I say there is.

2. A: There is a telegram on the table.

3. A: There are a lot of children in the park today.

4. A: There are two sofas in the room.

5. A: There is some ink in my pen.

6. A: There is much paper in his bag.

7. A: There are many mistakes in his dictation.

8. A: There is a cinema near our house.

b) Respond to the same statement in the negative.

A: There is a dog in the room.

B: Oh, no. There is no dog in the room.

A: Are you sure?

B: Quite.

6.2.9. Work in pairs. Ask your fellow-student questions on the given statements and

answer them.

1. A: There are two tables in the room.

B: What’s there in the room?

A: There are some tables.

B: How many tables are there in it?

A: There are two.

2. A: There is a green notebook on the desk.

3. A: Benny’s cousins are in the North of America.

4. A: My parents are at home.

5. A: The Browns is a very large family.

6. A: There is little milk in the bottle.

65

6.2.10. Make questions beginning with What … and How many … . But first read the

answers.

1: A: What is there in your street?

B: There are two shopping centers.

2: A: How many high buildings are there in your street?

B: There are five high building in my street.

3. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There are ninety-five students in the hall.

4. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There is a clock on the desk.

5. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There are twelve tape-recorders in the laboratory.

6. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There are six sentences in this exercise.

7. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There are two tables in the room.

8. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There are eight notebooks in the bag.

6.2.11. Make questions beginning with How much … . But first read the answers.

1. A: How much milk is there in the jug?

B: There is some milk in the jug.

2. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There is a little water in the glass.

3. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There is too much salt in the soup.

4. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There is little money in the bag.

5. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There is a lot of tea in the tea-pot.

66

6. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There is not much butter on the plate.

7. A: ……………………………………………………………………………

B: There is a lot of coffee in the coffee-pot.

6.2.12. Look at the

contents of Lily’s bag.

Make sentences with

there is/are …

What is there in your bag (rucksack, briefcase, handbag, case)?

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………

67

3. The Verb to have

6.3.1. Respond to the following sentences as in the model.

1. She has got mistakes in her dictation. Has she? 2. He has a car. …………………

3. He has got a headache. …………….…… 4. I’ve got a house. ………………….….

5. She has got many friends. …………………… 6. He has got a brother.

……………. 7. I have got a house. …………….. 8. She has got some English books

at home. ………………. 9. They have got a lot of time. ……………….……

6.3.2. Ask questions on the following sentences and answer them in the negative.

1 A: I have breakfast at 9. Do you have breakfast at 7?

B: No, I don’t have breakfast so early. I have it only at 9.

2. A: We usually have dinner at home. …………………………………………

3. A: Father has lunch at his office. ……………………………………………

4. A: My cousin’s family has dinner at 5 o’clock, as a rule. ……………………

5. A: He has dinner in the canteen. ………………………………………….…

6. A: I always have breakfast at home. …………………………………………

7. A: They usually have lunch together. ………………………………………

8. A: My brother has lunch at the plant. ……………………………………….

9. A: I often have dinner at my aunt’s. …………………………………………

10. A: They have supper at 8……………………………………………………

Remember

I haven’t got time. Have you got time? ( в значении «иметь, владеть»)

We don’t have tests often. Do you often have tests? ( в значении «бывать,

происходить»)

6.3.3. Use the verb to have in the present simple tense.

1. … you … anything to declare? 2. … he … any cigarettes? 3. … you … any

bottles of whisky? 4. I … a lot of meat in the fridge. 5. … you ever … earthquakes in

68

this country? – Yes, but we ... not them very often. 6. John … much spare time, …

he? 7. What … Gloria … in her garden? – She … many beautiful flowers. 8. ... you

… the car? – No, but I … a moped.

6.3.4. Change the following sentences into interrogative and negative.

1. A: They have many English books.

B: Have they many English books?

A: No, they haven’t. They have a lot of Russian books.

2. A: He has got lots of mistakes in his test. ……………………………………

3. A: The boy has three red pencils. ……………………………………………

4. A: He has got a son. …………………………………………………………

5. A: I have relatives in Moscow. …………………………………………….

6. A: They have two rooms. ……………………………………………………

7. A: Kitty has two cousins. …………………………………………………….

8. A: I have a lot of notebooks in my bag. ……………………………….……

9. A: I have some newspapers on the desk ……………………………………

10. A: We have got very many friends. …………………………..……………

11. A: She has some English books.……………………..…………………….

6.3.5. Ask and answer the questions.

1. A: Has your brother a car? – B:Yes, he has. (No, he hasn’t)

2. A: Has your cousin a brother (father, mother, friend, wife, parents,)? ……………..

3. A: Has he got a dog? ……………………………………………………………….

4. A: Have you got a cat in the house? ……………………………………………….

5. A: Has Nick friends? …………………………………………………………….

6. A: Has Mark books (toys, pens, pencils)? ………………………………………..

7. A: Have they got animals in the house? ……………………………………………

8. A: She has got some books on the table. …………………………………………..

9. A: Have you got a family?..........................................................................................

69

UNIT 7. ENGLISH TENSES ACTIVE

1. The Present Simple (Indefinite) Tense

Affirmative Negative Interrogative

I work

We work

You work

They work

He works

She works

It works

I do not work

We do not work

You do not work

They do not work

He does not work

She does not work

It does not work

Do I work?

Do we work?

Do you work?

Do they work?

Does he work?

Does she work?

Does it work?

The Present Simple Tense употребляется:

1. для обозначения простых фактов и общих истин:

Water boils at 100 degrees C.

The early bird catches the worm.

2. для выражения повседневных, повторяющихся действий, привычек, обычаев:

The Browns go to the seaside every summer.

We write two tests each term.

3. для выражения будущего действия:

а) с глаголами, обозначающими движение: to come, to leave, to go:

Jack leaves for London next week.

б) в условных и временных обстоятельственных предложениях после союзов: if

(если), in case (в случае), supposing (предположим), unless (если не), when

(когда), before (перед), till (untill) (до), as soon as (как только), provided (если

только), while (пока):

When I come home, I will phone you.

4. для обозначения действия, совершающегося в момент речи, с глаголами

восприятия (to feel, to see, to hear), умственной деятельности (to understand, to

70

know), чувства (to love, to like, to hate, to prefer), обладания (to belong, to

contain, to possess):

I understand what you mean.

The car belongs to my father.

The Present Simple Tense употребляется с наречиями, выражающими

частотность: always (всегда), often/frequently (часто),

usually/normally/generally (обычно), regularly (регулярно), as usual (как

обычно), sometimes (иногда), occasionally (изредка), seldom/rarely (редко),

hardly ever (почти никогда), once a month (раз в месяц), ever (когда-либо),

never (никогда).

7.1.1. Explain the use of the Present Simple Tense in the following sentences.

1. Wise men learn by other men’s mistakes, fools by their own. 2. Appetite

comes with eating. 3. I do a lot of travelling, you know. 4. I said, “I take things as

they come”. 5. Then the captain announced in a duty voice: “Tomorrow afternoon we

arrive by four o’clock”. 6. They wish to make sure that he does not alter his plans.

7. It is a scene in which Mr Dante, in a white dinner-jacket, arrives at the ground

floor by lift. The lift door opens, Dante gets out, looks at something on his left,

registers alarm and walks away briskly. 8. I must be well by that time, whatever

happens. 9. I brush my teeth every night. 10. His temper will not be right untill we

are at home again.

7.1.2. Answer the following questions.

1. What does a driver do? – He drives. 2. What do drivers do? – They drive.

3. What does a singer do? – ……..…..…4. What does a runner do? – ………………..

5. What do students do? – ……………...6. What does a dancer do? – ……………….

7. What do cooks do? – ………………...8. What does a painter do? – ……………….

9. What do teachers do? – ……………...10. What does a writer do? – ……………….

71

7.1.3. Write the following sentences in the 3rd person singular.

1. I think I am ill. 2. They often visit their granny. 3. We live in Leeds. 4. You

usually speak too quickly. 5. Do you like boiled potatoes? 6. Good animals always

obey their masters. 7. The boys box in the gymnasiums on Fridays. 8. His dogs

always attack the neighbours. 9. Heavy trucks make a lot of noise. 10. My friends

want to study French.

7.1.4. Transform the sentences into the Singular.

1. Do these girls go to the theater on Saturdays? 2. The children play all the

morning and sleep in the afternoon. 3. My friends like meat and don’t like fish.

4. They live in small houses which have three rooms. 5. His brothers work hard all

day and want to rest in the evening. 6. The postmen bring letters three times a day.

7. These women want to buy some toys because their children have a birthday

tomorrow. 8. Housewives have to work very hard. 9. Our fathers work in an office

and do not come home for lunch. 10. They do not believe her stories.

7.1.5. Put the words in bold type into the Singular and make other changes if

necessary.

1. They know the town well and can show you the way to the theater. 2. My

friends live in Kiev, they study at the University. 3. Do these boys go to school in the

morning or in the afternoon? 4. They want to buy some English books which they

need for their work. 5. Those little girls like when their brothers play with them.

6. Children spend a lot of time out-of-doors. 7. My cousins have families of their

own. 8. The teachers tell the students that they make a lot of mistakes because they

are not attentive at the lessons. 9. Two of my sisters are married, their husbands are

workers. 10. Their nephews often play football in their leisure time.

7.1.6. Make the following sentences negative and interrogative.

1. She understands the rule. 2. Usually hе has breakfast at 8 о'clock. 3. The

lecture starts at 10.15. 4. The flowers look fresh. 5. Usually she walks in the morning.

72

6. Не drinks coffee in the evening. 7. She remembers them well. 8. Не plays chess

very well. 9. She leaves home at 10 о'clock every day. 10. Ann misses you badly.

11. They feel very cold. 12. Tom looks sick. 13. They harvest grapes in March.

14. The last boat sails at 10.00. 15. That train goes very fast. 16. Nick takes a shower

in the morning. 17. Nick comes home very late. 18. I like such а weather. 19. My

sister studies English. 20. Our father works very much. 21. She likes him. 22. I

seldom come here. 23. You often walk here. 24. I never see him there.

7.1.7. Make the following sentences negative and interrogative.

1. You remember her address. 2. He comes home at 7 o’clock. 3. Directors sign

a lot of papers. 4. They receive several newspapers. 5. He has breakfast at 8 o’clock.

6. Benny likes fruit. 7. She lives near the metro station. 8. The girl plays the piano

very well. 9. Men shave every day. 10. Nick spends all his money on the car. 11. The

last train leaves at midnight. 12. They speak English at the lessons. 13. My parents

want to buy new furniture. 14. The girls help their mother. 15. On Sundays they have

dinner at home. 16. The dog usually barks at night. 17. Some girls enjoy dances.

18. Mary looks well. 19. He knows the right answer. 20. John loves Helen. 21. She

cuts her hair every month. 22. The old woman feels very cold.

7.1.8. Open the brackets using the Present Simple Tense.

1. My little niece (go) to school every day. 2. The sun (rise) in the East. 3. Bad

students never (work) hard. 4. It often (snow) in winter. 5. He (wake up) at seven and

(have) breakfast at half past seven. 6. The teacher (point) at the blackboard when he

(want) to explain something. 7. His mother always (cook) in the morning. 8. I (see)

what you (mean). 9. She (say) she (hear) nothing. 10. There (be) a girl downstairs

who (want) to see you.

7.1.9. Open the brackets using the Present Simple Tense.

1. Oscar Wild and Bernard Shaw (be) the most witty British writers.

2. Fishermen often (tell) tales about their catches. 3. Their children (go) to а private

73

school. 4. Little Amanda (collect) all sorts of toy-pigs. 5. My father (like) а lot of

milk in his tea and а few lumps of sugar. 6. Anything that he (say) is worth listening

to. 7. We usually (spend) our holidays in Spain. 8. My English friends (live) in а nice

house that (stand) on а hill. 9. What this sentence (mean)? 10. I (Iive) in Tver, which

(be) my native town. 11. My brother (sing) in Italian opera. 12. My sister (have) а

good appetite and she always (eat) heartily. 13. Let's go outside. It (be) terribly hot in

the house. 14. What you (see) over there? 15. In England the traffic (keep) to the left

but on the Continent it (keep) to the right. 16. This map (be) the largest that we

(have). 17. They often (come) to see me in my town house. 18. The twittering of

birds in the trees in spring (be) а pleasant sound.

7.1.10. Put the verb in brackets into the correct form.

1. Margaret speaks four languages.

2. In Britain the banks open at 9.30 in the morning.

3. The City Museum … (close) at 5 o’clock in the evening.

4. Tina is a teacher. She … (teach) math.

5. My job is very interesting. I … (meet) a lot of people.

6. Peter … (wash) his hair twice a week.

7. Food is expensive. It … (cost) a lot of money.

8. Shoes are expensive. They … (cost) a lot of money.

9. Water … (boil) at 100 degrees Celsius.

10. Julia and I are good friends. I … (like) her and she … (like) me.

11. What time … (the museums/open) in St. Petersburg?

12. I have a bike but I … (not/use) it very often.

13. How many cups of tea … (you/drink) a day?

14. “What … (you/do)?” – “I am a chemical engineer.”

15. If you need help, why … (you/not/ask) for it?

74

7.1.11. Put the verb in brackets into the correct form. Reproduce the dialogues.

1. A. How … (you/get) to your office?

B. Normally … (I/go) by the metro.

A. How long … (it/take) you?

B. About half an hour.

A. As for me, … (I/not/like) the metro. … (it/be) so overcrowded especially during

rush hours when … (people/travel) from one end of the city to another.

B. What transport … (you/like)?

A. … (I/drive) my own car.

B. … (I/see).

2. Teacher: “Children, … (who/know) … (what/be) the best time to gather fruit?”

Little Jim: “When … (there/be) no dog in the garden”.

3. Teacher: “How long … (mice/live)?”

Pupil: “… (that/depend)…”

Teacher: “What … (it/depend on)?”

Pupil: “… (that/depend on) the cat”.

7.1.12. Correct the sentences. The English is correct but the information is wrong.

Write two correct sentences each time.

1. The Earth goes round the Moon. The Earth does not go round the Moon.

The Moon goes round the Earth.

2. The Sun sets in the East. ……………………………………………………

3. Hens eat foxes. ………………………………………………………………

4. Blacksmith make things from wood. ………………………………………

5. The river Dvina flows into the Black Sea. …………………………………

75

7.1.13. Make up the sentences of your own using the adverbs always, usually, often,

sometimes, seldom, never.

1. Drink coffee in the morning. – I always drink coffee in the morning.

2. Put sugar in coffee. – My sister never puts sugar in her coffee.

3. Drink tea in the morning………………………………………………

4. Drink tomato juice in the morning ………………………………………

5. Have a sandwich for lunch ………………………………………………

6. Eat dinner at around six o'clock …………………………………………

7. Get to class on time ……………………………………………………

8. Take a taxi to University…………………………………………………

9. Drive to the university ……………………………………………………

10. Ride a bike to the university ……………………………………………

11. Study in the library ……………………………………………………

12. Do my homework…………………………………………………….

7.1.14. Answer the questions using the Present Simple Tense.

1. What time do you go to the University? (generally, usually) 2. What do you

do on Sunday morning? (often) 3. How do you spend your leisure time? (usually, oc-

casionally) 4. What music do you listen to? (usually, often, always, seldom) 5.

How do you help your parents? (always, sometimes, every day) 6. What sort of films

do you enjoy? (nearly always) 7. Where do you read for your examinations? (nor-

mally, sometimes) 8. Where do you have meals? (usually, often, from time to time) 9.

What do you take if you have a headache? (as a rule) 10. How do you celebrate your

birthday? (nearly always, sometimes)

7.1.15. Put disjunctive questions to the following statements.

1. It gets dark very early in winter, does not it?

2. We can have a good time together, can’t we?

3. It doesn’t take you long to get to the institute,…………………………………

4. I enjoy attending lectures,……………………………………………………..

76

5. They have a lot of relatives in Moscow,………………………………………..

6. There isn’t any chalk at the blackboard,………………….. ……………………..

7. You don’t remember the new words,……………………………………………..

8. She hasn’t got any mistakes in her translation,…………………………………….

9. Benny and John are his nephews,………………………………… ………………

10 Some of our students live in the hostel,………………………………………….

7.1.16. Make questions. Begin the questions using the words in brackets.

1. Bob plays chess. (How often)? How often does Bob play chess?

2. I get up early. (What time/usually?) What time do you usually get up?

3. Felix watches birds. (How often?) …………………………………………

4. I write to my parents. (How often?) ………………………………………

5. I have dinner in the evening. (What time/usually?) ………………………

6. She works. (Where?) ……………………………………………………

7. I go to the Zoo. (How often?) ……………………………………………

8. People do stupid things. (Why?) …………………………………………

9. The motor breaks down. (How often?) ……………………………………

10. We seldom meet with them. (Why?)………………………………………

7.1.17. Translate the sentences into English using the Present Simple Tense.

1. Я обычно делаю домашнее задание вечером. 2. Мой друг живет на

Севере. 3. Моя сестра учится в медицинском колледже. 4. У них два занятия

иностранным языком в неделю. 5. Он всегда навещает нас, когда бывает в

Москве. 6. "Сколько времени вы тратите на дорогу домой?" — "Как правило, я

трачу на дорогу домой около тридцати минут". 7. Он теперь редко

путешествует. 8. Вы часто ходите в кино? 9. Она никогда не опаздывает. Она

всегда приходит вовремя. 10. "Вы чувствуете что-нибудь?" — "Нет, я ничего не

чувствую". 11. Его отец инженер. Он строит мосты. 12. Я не учу французский

язык, я учу немецкий. 13. Теперь мы редко с ними встречаемся. 14. Ее муж

часто ездит в командировки?

77

2. The Past Simple (Indefinite) Tense


I worked

He wrote

I did not work

He did not write

Did I work?

Did he write?

The Past Simple Tense употребляется:

1. для описания действий, происходивших в прошлом, как завершившихся, так

и не завершившихся, но не связанных с настоящим:

Dr Nixon taught at the Oxford University last year.

I met your brother the other day.

2. для описания ряда последовательных действий в прошлом:

Mr West came up to the house, took the key out of his pocket and opened the

door.

3. для описания обычных, повторяющихся действий в прошлом:

When Jack was a student, he rode his bike to classes.

The Past Simple Tense употребляется с обстоятельствами времени:

yesterday (вчера), last week (на прошлой неделе), a month ago (месяц назад), on

Sunday (в воскресенье), in 2001 (в 2001 году).

7.2.1. Explain the use of the Past Simple Tense in the following sentences.

1. He always smiled at children and gave them sweets. 2. “Wow!” he said to

the wide straw hat I wore. 3. He moved across the lawn to the house and I followed

him. The moonlight fell in streaks through the leaves. 4. You heard what he said.

5. That evening she had a date with a man who sold cosmetics. 6. He sat down and

silently took one of the cigarettes from the desk. 7. Hallo, John, you left a note that

you wanted to see me. 8. I wonder what happened to him in India. 9. He decided

that he would make sure that their promise came true. 10. He added after a pause, “I

saw you talking to the captain just now”.

78

7.2.2. Transform the sentences into the Past Simple Tense.

1. I play in the field. 2. Не wants to go home. 3. The driver stops the car. 4. Не

drinks соffее every day.5. It begins to rain. 6. They like our house. 7. I dream every

night. 8. The teacher gives me а book. 9. He sits at the desk and writes letters.

10. Marу comes to the class early. 11. We catch a fish in the river. 12. The dog eats

its dinner. 13. The boy goes for a holiday. 14. Richard knows George. 15. The plane

flies very high. 16 He teaches us English. 17. I wash my hands and dry them. 18. I lie

in the bed. 19. He goes to school. 20. I cut the string.

7.2.3. Make the sentences negative and interrogative.

1. Ann brought me a new magazine. 2. He left for London on Monday. 3. He

took a shower. 4. She spoke English fluently. 5. You made good progress in English.

6. They admired her singing very much. 7. My father read all the detective stories

from the public library. 8. It started raining. 9. Our group liked the new teacher.

10. My little sister had a kitten. 11. We had a nice journey to Jamaica last year.

12. Our family had dinner early yesterday. 13. We had great fun at the Halloween

party! 14. She had to get up at 7 o'clock in the morning. 15. It snowed a lot this

winter.


1. Two boys fought in the street. 2. She forgave him. 3. The water froze in the

pond last night. 4. My roses grew very well this year. 5. The gardener dug up the

potatoes. 6. Mr. Brown hung the picture straight. 7. The boy rang the bell. 8. I woke

up early this morning. 9. I was born in a big American family. 10. The students were

busy preparing for the exams. 11. I was shy in my childhood. 12. Mrs. Sweet taught

Geography at school. 13. We did all the work on time.14. He lent me some money.

15. The scouts heard something strange.

79

7.2.5. Open the brackets using the Past Simple Tense.

1. John (not/play) football yesterday, he (play) basketball. 2. The museum

(not/open) at 9 a.m. last Sunday, it (open) at 10 а m. 3. I (not/break) а glass last night,

I (break) а plate. 4. We (not/go) to Spain last year, wе (go) to France. 5. Carol

(not/have) fruit for breakfast, she (have) an egg. 6. Angus (not/wear) trousers for his

wedding, he (wear) а kilt. 7. It (not/snow) much last winter, it (rain) а lot. 8. Barbara

and Charley (not/watch) TV last night, they (go) to the movies. 9. Tim (not/go) to his

parents last week, he (telephone) them. 10. We (not/go) down town bу bus, we

(walk).

7.2.6. Open the brackets using the Past Simple Tense.

1. She (buy) a dress which (cost) £50. 2. Tom (not/shave) this morning because

he (not/have) time. 3. We (not/eat) anything because we (not/be) hungry. 4. I

(not/rush) because I (not/be) in a hurry. 5. Don (fall) down the stairs this morning and

(hurt) his leg. 6. Ann (spend) a lot of money yesterday. 7. We (need) some money so

we (sell) our car. 8. She (not/be) interested in the book because she (not/understand)

it. 9. We (have) a picnic yesterday, but the rain (spoil) the whole pleasure. 10. Every

winter Nick (go) to the Swiss Alps to ski. 11. Tom’s father (teach) him how to drive

when he (be) 17. 12. He (come) two hours ago.

7.2.7. Put the verb in brackets into the correct form.

1. I brushed (brush) my teeth three times yesterday.

2. It was hot in the room, sо I opened (open) the window.

3. The concert … (begin) at 7.30 and ... (finish) at 10 o‘clock.

4. When I was а child I … (dream) to be а doctor.

5. The accident … (happen) last Sunday afternoon.

6. It's а nice day today but yesterday it … (rain) heavily.

7. We … (like) our holiday last year. We … (stay) at а very nice place.

8. Ann's grandfather … (die) when he (be) 90 years old.

9. James … (fall) down the stairs and … (hurt) his leg.

80

10. We … (need) some money so we … (sell) our summer house.

11. They … (spend) a lot of money yesterday. They … (buy) a dish washer

which … (cost) 10000 rubles.

12. The boy … (throw) the ball to the dog and the dog … (catch) it.


1. A. … (you/watch) the musical yesterday?

B. Yes, I … (do). It’s very different from what I had seen before.

A. The music … (be) fascinating and the plot … (be) thrilling, but frankly speaking, I

… (not/like) the acting.

B. On the contrary, what I … (like) most was the acting.

2. Singer: … (you/notice) how my voice … (fill) the hall tonight?

Friend: Yes, in fact, I … (notice) people leaving to make room for it.

7.2.9. Join the following sentences by means of the conjunctions when, as soon as,

till. Give two variations where possible.

1. The alarm-clock rang. I got up. I got up when the alarm-clock rang. 2 Tea was ready. She called the guests into the dining-room. As soon as tea was ready she called the guests into the dining-room. 3. He received an invitation. He went to their party. ………………………… 4. It got colder. The children went home. …………………………………… 5. I walked into the hall. I saw Mary. ……………………………………… 6. They played in the garden. It grew dark. ………………………………… 7. He worked very much. He got tired. ……………………………………… 8. She cleaned the room. Every piece of furniture shone. ……………………… 9. They walked in the park. It began raining. ………………………………… 10. He fell in love with her. He saw her………………………………………… 11. They stopped talking. The teacher came in………………………………… 12. They left. It stopped snowing. ……………………………………………

81

7.2.10. Put disjunctive questions to the following statements.

1. She gave them her dictionary, didn’t she?

2. He left for the Far East two years ago, ………………………………….

3. She was not interested in the book,……………………………………

4. They did not meet their friends for a long time,………………………

5. There were five exhibitions in the museum last month, ………………


1. In summer they left town. (When?) – When did they leave town?

2. There were ten students in our group. (How many?) – How many students were

there in our group?

3. On Sundays we got up late. (When?) – …………………………………

4. His parents lived in Europe. (Where?) – ………………………………

5. Lucy spoke three languages. (Who) – ……………………………………

6. The young man was from Denmark. (Where) – ……………………………

7. They preferred to speak English at the institute. (Why?) – …………………

8. My parents bought a nice house. (Where?) – ……………………………

9. He graduated from the University last year. (When?) – ……………………

10. She was very shy in her childhood. (Why?) – ……………………………

7.2.12. Write questions. Your friend has just come from Italy and you are asking him

about it.

1. What place/go? What place did you go?

2. The weather/fine? Was the weather fine?

3. How long/stay there?.............................................................................

4. Stay in a hotel?...........................................................................................

5. Go alone? ………………………………………………………………..

6. How/travel? …………………………………………………………….

7. The food/good? …………………………………………………………

8. What/do in the evenings? ………………………………………………

82

9. Make any friends there? ………………………………………………

7.2.13. Translate into English using the Past Simple Tense.

1. Мы начали эту работу на прошлой неделе. 2. Они вернулись домой в 11

часов. 3. Мы решили послать это письмо вчера. 4. Когда ты прочитала эту

книгу? 5. Вчера я встретил Стива в библиотеке. 6. Когда вы видели его в

последний раз? 7. В прошлом году мы не изучали французский. 8. Мы изучали

английский. 9. В котором часу вы начали работать? – После обеда. 10. Погода

была хорошая и мы с друзьями пошли в парк. 11. Где вы были час тому назад?

12. В прошлом году я провёл каникулы на море. 13. Когда чай был готов, мама

нарезала пирог. 14. В пять часов она сделала бутерброды, разлила чай по

чашкам и пригласила всех к столу. 15. Вчера вечером я была в кино. 16. В

прошлом году мои родители были в Англии. 17. В детстве я неплохо играл на

гитаре. 18. Мы приехали в город, когда мне было пять лет. 19. Ты

познакомился с ней в прошлом году? 20. Она увидела его впервые месяц назад.

3. The Future Simple (Indefinite) Tense


I will work

He will write

I will not work

He will not write

Will I work?

Will he write?

The Future Simple Tense употребляется для выражения однократного или

повторяющегося обычного действия или ряда последовательных действий в

будущем:

They will graduate from the University in 2009.

He will come to see you next month.

На будущее время в предложении могут указывать обстоятельства

времени: tomorrow (завтра), next week (на следующей неделе), next year (в

будущем году), in a week (через неделю), in a few days (через несколько дней),

one of these days (на днях).

83

7.3.1. Explain the use of the Future Simple Tense in the following sentences.

1. I don’t know what I will do when I leave here. I’ll probably never get

another job. 2. He’s got a lovely voice. He’ll go a long way. You’ll see. 3. Andy is

overtired, and unless he rests he will have a breakdown. 4. It won’t do Tony any real

harm to wait. 5. “The sun will dry me quickly enough,” he said leaving the towel on

the edge of the pool. 6. They’ll wonder where I am. 7. He who chatters to you will

chatter of you. 8. Passion will master you, if you don’t master your passion. 9. An

old dog will never learn new tricks. 10. Take care of the pence and the pounds will

take care of themselves.

7.3.2. Make these sentences negative and interrogative.

1. I’ll stay here for about a week. 2. For your birthday I'll give you a nice little

brooch. 3. My dress will be ready in time for the ball. 4. I'll leave them at my office.

5. Tomorrow they will already be in Omsk. 6. She will be back late at night. 7. He

will give me a red rose. 8. The rest of them will copy the verse. 9. I'll put books on

the table. 10. She'll come in a day or two. 11. I’ll never do it again. 12. He'll go to the

pictures. 13. They will play the flute. 14. They will distribute the duties tomorrow.

15. Nora will be squeezed as an orange if she works so hard.


1. The children will take turns in washing up. 2. I will do very well at school.

3. We will sew and knit tomorrow. 4. I’ll travel by car this summer. 5. We’ll have a

test on grammar on Monday. 6. The Parkers will have a picnic lunch in the country

on Sunday. 7. Ann will practise the piano in the morning. 8. She’ll clean the flat

tomorrow. 9. I’ll take my last exam on Friday. 10. We’ll translate the article during

the week-end.

7.3.4. Put the words in brackets into the Future Simple Теnse

1. I (know) the result in а week. 2. You (be) in Rome tonight. 3. You (have)

time to help me tomorrow? 4. He (recognize) me? 5. I hope I (find) it. 6. I

84

(remember) this day all my life. 7. Perhaps he (arrive) in time for lunch. 8. I am sure

that you (like) our new house. 9. I hope he (remember) to buy bread. 10. I wonder

how many of us still (be) here next year. 11. Jack (be) twenty years old next week.

12. I (get) up early tomorrow. 13. The mother (take) her baby to the doctor tomorrow.

14. We (have) а holiday next week. 15. Marу and her sister (wear) their new dresses

tomorrow. 16. I (do) my homework this evening. 17. She (stay) at home tomorrow.

18. I (see) my mother this evening. 19. Where the children (go) in the summer

holiday? — They (go) to the seaside. 20. They (stay) with us next Christmas.

7.3.5. Transform the sentences into the Future Simple Tense.

1. I spend my weekend in the country. 2. Her relatives live in Canada. 3. She

knows French. 4. We have a class in English today. 5. Do you spend your leisure

time at home? 6. He is a student of the University. 7. There is a lot of work to do

about the house. 8. The traffic is very heavy today. 9. I have an interesting job.

10. Do you invite many friends for your birthday party?

7.3.6. Put in when or if.

1. I am going to England next week. When I’m there, I hope to visit a few mu-seums.

2. Frank might return this evening. If he does, can you cook him some meal?

3. I think he’ll pass his exam. I’ll be very surprised … he doesn’t pass it.

4. I hope to be on time. But … I don’t make it, go without me.

5. I’m going shopping. ... you want anything, I can get it for you.

6. I don’t feel well tonight. I think I’ll go straight to bed … I get home.

7. I’m leaving for Canada tomorrow. I’ll write to you … I get there.

8. I want you to come to the party but … you don’t want to come, you needn’t.

85

7.3.7. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Simple or the Future Simple.

1. I’ll call you as soon as I buy tickets for the train.

2. If the day is hot, we will go to the beach.

3. If he … (return) home before Friday, he will help us to do the translation.

4. If you … (want) to see all these places, you must stay here for a week.

5. As soon as you … (come) back from your trip, call me up.

6. They will go for a walk before they … (go) to bed.

7. Speak to him about it when you … (see) him.

8. Will you wait until he … (come) back?

9. Come to see me before you … (leave) for the South.

10. When you … (cross) the street, look left and then right.

7.3.8. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Simple or the Future Simple.

1. You will catch the train if you hurry.

2. When the weather gets warmer, I’ll start practicing again.

3. When they … (have) enough money they … (buy) a flat.

4. It … (take) you ten minutes if you …(take) a taxi.

5. If he … (have) some free time, he … (visit) his grandparents.

6. Come and see me when you … (come) to town and we … (talk) everything over.

7. If my friends … (come) in, please ask them to wait in the picture gallery.

8. If you … (feel) better this afternoon, we … (drive) to the coast.

9. If I … (be) lucky, I … (get in) without a ticket.

10. When things … (get) a little more settled, we … (come) to see you.

86

7.3.9. Use subordinate clauses of time and conditions instead of underlined parts of the following sentences. Make some changes if necessary.

1. I will have some time next week and I will fix the car. – When I have some time I will fix the car.

2. Everything will go well and I will graduate in June. – If everything goes well I will graduate in June.

3. He will finish this job and we will give him another. ………………………

4. The traffic conditions will get much worth and the city will have to build elevated roads……………………………………………………………………

5. The light will turn red and all the cars will stop………………………………

6. The weather will clear and we will finish our games…………………………

7. I will be paid tomorrow and I will buy this dress……………………………

8. We will get there before you and we will wait for you………………………

9. He will come home and his father will give him a good talking to…………

10. He will take this medicine and will be all right……………………………

7.3.10. Supply appropriate principle clause of time or condition (when, if).

1. He is here/to help me with my luggage. – When he is here, he will help me with my luggage. 2. I see him at the party/to be surprised. – If I see him at the party, I will be surprised. 3. He doesn’t do it at once/to consider him a coward. ………………………… 4. She telephones me/not to find me at home. ………………………………… 5. You are not careful/to get into troubles……………………………………… 6. It gets dark/to camp. ………………………………………………………… 7. It rains/to take an umbrella. ………………………………………………… 8. You are hungry/make a hamburger. ………………………………………… 9. You don’t listen in class/not understand the homework. …………………… 10. You get up early/see the sunrise……………………………………………

87

11.11. Put the verb in brackets into the correct form. Reproduce the dialogue.

Bobbie: How old … (you/be), Kate?

Kate: I … (be) five, and Mother … (say) if I … (be) good and … (eat) everything she

… (give) me, I … (be) six next birthday.


1. He will begin his lectures next month. (When?) – When will he begin his lectures?

2. My mother will go to India for six months. (Where?)………………………………

3. My sister will go to the south because of her child’s illness. (Why?)……………….

4. It will take me twenty minutes to get to her house. (How much time?)……………..

5. He will stay in the country for two months. (Who?)………………………………...

6. He will see her at 9 o’clock tomorrow. (When?)……………………………………

7.3.13. Translate into English.

1. В следующем году мне будет 20 лет. 2. Возможно, он придет сегодня.

3. Когда вы начнете изучать иностранный язык? 4. Он думает, вам не

понравится новый балет. 5. Она будет дома в 6 часов? — Нет. 6. Макс будет

хорошим врачом. 7. Я надеюсь, вы хорошо напишете контрольную работу. 8. У

вас завтра будет много работы? — Да. 9. Экзамены начнутся 1 июня. 10. Фильм

будет очень интересным. 11. Мы не увидимся с ним на следующей неделе.

12. После обеда я пойду в библиотеку. 13. Ты придешь ко мне на день

рождения? 14. Когда он будет дома? 15. Куда ты поедешь летом? 16. Вечером я

лягу спать пораньше. 17. Он окончит институт через год. 18. Я приду через пять

минут. 19. Мы не поедем этим летом на море. 20. Я начну делать домашнее

задание, когда закончится передача. 21. Когда я приду домой, я тебе позвоню.

22. Если будет тепло, мы поедем за город. 23. Ты простынешь, если не

наденешь пальто.

88

7.3.14. Open the brackets. Use the Past, Present or Future Simple Tense.

1. My little sister (go) to school every day. 2. I (see) you the other day coming

out of the library with a stack of books. 3. I (travel) by car this summer. 4. It often

(snow) in winter. 5. Some students (do) lessons by fits and starts. 6. Wait a little, I

(phone) for a taxi. 7. The building of the trade centre (begin) a month ago.

8. Attendance (be) very important. 9. Ann (practice) the piano all the morning

tomorrow. 10. Charles (wake up) at seven and (have) breakfast at half past seven.

11. Mother always (cook) in the morning. 12. I (take) my last exam next Monday.

13. English (be) an international language. 14. We (play) chess in half an hour. 15. It

(be) bitterly cold yesterday. 16. My friend (go) there nearly every week.

17. Yesterday my friend (buy) a new car. 18. The postman (bring) the morning mail

only at 10 o’clock.

7.3.15. Write the following sentences in the negative and interrogative. Use the Past,

Present or Future Simple Tense.

1. Richard takes English lessons. 2. She walked to the institute. 3. The students

often go to the laboratory. 4. She will write to her mother. 5. Mark comes to see us on

Sunday. 6. Tony reads newspapers in the evening, before going to bed. 7. I shall

receive the Times. 8. John knocks at the door of his father’s study every morning.

9. They want to see this film. 10. There were a few mistakes in the composition.

11. Norman showed Mr. White his toys. 12. She remembers everything. 13. Margaret

must sign that paper. 14. The boy has a lot of friends to play with. 15. He can speak

English well. 16. Our lessons will begin at 8:30. 17. He likes to read newspapers after

breakfast. 18. My cousin lives in St. Petersburg.

89

4. The Present Continuous Tense


I am reading

He is reading

She is reading

It is reading

We are reading

You are reading

They are reading

I am not reading

He is not reading

She is not reading

It is not reading

We are not reading

You are not reading

They are not reading

Am I reading?

Is he reading?

Is she reading?

Is it reading?

Are we reading?

Are you reading?

Are they reading?

The Present Continuous Tense употребляется:

1. для выражения действия, протекающего в момент речи или в настоящий

период времени. На длительный характер действия могут указывать

обстоятельства времени: now, right now, at this moment (сейчас, в данный

момент), today (сегодня), this week (на этой неделе):

Why are you wearing that funny hat?

Ann is reading up for her examinations these days.

2. для выражения будущего действия, когда налицо намерение совершить

действие или уверенность в его совершении:

They are getting married in June.

We are playing tennis tomorrow.

3. для выражения непрерывного действия или действия, которое считается

непрерывным (с оттенком преувеличения):

The Earth is always moving.

She is constantly laughing.

На постоянный характер действия указывает обстоятельство времени

constantly.

Глаголы чувственного восприятия, умственной деятельности, чувств,

желания, принадлежности не употребляются в Present Continuous Tense: to

feel, to see, to hear; to know, to believe, to think (=have an opinion), to guess, to

90

imagine, to mean, to realize, to recognize, to remember, to suppose, to

understand; to want, to wish; to love, to like, to dislike, to hate, to prefer; to be,

to have, to contain, to depend, to belong, to concern, to consist of, to deserve, to

fit, to include, to involve, to lack, to matter, to need, to own, to possess, to

appear, to seem; to astonish, to impress, to please, to satisfy, to surprise:

I don’t understand the rule.

I think you are right.

7.4.1. Explain the use of the Present Continuous Tense in the following sentences.

1. They have moved to their London house. They are buying new furniture.

2. He paused and looked at her. “You are shaking. Are you all right?” 3. I am

meeting Jason at his office on the 25th. Would you join us? 4. You know that cinema

audiences are declining in the United States. 5. Sally put down the telephone. “It was

Dan. He’s staying at the club tonight. He’s too tired to drive home.” 6. Paris is

wonderful. I like the food here, and I’m eating like mad. 7. The aspirin isn’t

working. I’m in pain. 8. Hello, Alice. You are looking healthy, prosperous and fine.

9. Don’t cut the bough you are standing on. 10. One’s left hand doesn’t know what

one’s right hand is doing.

7.4.2. Use the correct form of “to be”.

1. Where … you going? – I … going to the supermarket. 2. I … thinking about

the dress I saw in the shop-window yesterday. 3. We … going to be late. The shop

will be closed. 4. … you going to the baker’s? Buy a loaf of bread for me, please.

5. We … driving too fast. 6. He … celebrating his birthday tomorrow. 7. What …

you looking for? – I … trying to find a Christmas present for my wife.

7.4.3. Continue in the negative.

1. John is standing. (run) – He is not running.

2. Father is shaving. (wash) ……………………………………………………

3. The boys are playing. (fight) …………………………………………………

91

4. We are dancing. (jump) ………………………………………………………

5. They are speaking. (shout) …………………………………………………

6. Mary is running. (walk) ………………………………………………………

7. I am eating. (drink) …………………………………………………………

8. The teacher is speaking. (read)………………………………………………

9. Mother is talking on the phone. (sleep)………………………………………

7.4.4. Answer the questions using the words in brackets.

1. Is he writing а letter? (watch television) – No, he isn’t. He’s watching television.

2. Are you reading Byron's poems? (learn them by heart) ……………………

3. Is Dad smoking in his study? (read а newspaper) ……………………………

4. Are they listening to the radio? (talk with а friend) …………………………

5. Are you hurrying to work? (go home) ………………………………………

6. Is Joan playing the piano? (listen to а concert) ………………………………

7. Are you working at your essay? (write а composition) ………………………

8. Is she washing up? (cook)……………………………………………………

9. Are you drawing? (paint)…………………………………………………….


1. Are you busy tonight? (Yes/meet a friend) – Yes, I am. I’m meeting a friend.

2. Is Ivy busy this afternoon? (Yes/go to the library)………………………

3. Are they busy this evening? (No/have a rest)…………………………………

4. Is Mary busy after tea? (No/have a nap)…………………………………

5. Are you busy today? (Yes/have visitors)……………………………………

6. Are the Browns busy today? (No/have a holiday)……………………………

7. Is Fred busy tonight? (Yes/go to the concert)………………………………

8. Are you busy this afternoon? (Yes/do up the flat)…………………………

9. Is Kate busy after lunch? (No/stay at home)………………………………

92


1. Why is father making such a terrible noise? (teach the dog to bark) – He is

teaching the dog to bark.

2. What are you doing with the scissors? (cut out a dress)………………………

3. Where are you hurrying to? (run to catch my bus)……………………………

4. What are you doing in this shop? (buy a coat)……………………………….

5. Why are you leaving so soon? (go to the University)………………………

6. Why is she playing the violin so late? (rehearse for a concert)………………

7. What is George doing in the kitchen? (bake an apple pie)……………………

8. What are you doing? (dream about my holidays)……………………………

9. Why are the children listening so attentively? (listen to a favourite fairy

tail)……...................................................................................................……….


1. You are reading the stories. 2. The sun is shining. 3. Somebody is knocking

at the door. 4. She is speaking too fast. 5. The children are playing in the garden.

6. He is waiting for the mother. 7. They are talking about the examination.

7.4.8. Put the words in brackets into the Present Continuous Tense.

1. He (not/work), he (watch) the TV program. 2. Ann (finish) her porridge.

3. Look, the sun (rise). 4. Nick (polish) his boots and his sister (press) her dress. 5. It

(rain)? Yes, it (rain) very hard. 6. The delegation (leave) Moscow tomorrow.

7. Somebody (talk) in the next room. 8. Who (speak)?


1. Please be quiet. I (try) to sleep. 2. Look! It (rain). 3. Why (you/look) at me

like that? Am I green or something else? 4. Yоu (make) а lot of nоisе. Can you be а

bit quieter? 5. Excuse me, I (look) for а phone box. Where can I find one? 6. (in the

theatre) – It's а good play, isn't it? (you/enjoy) it? 7. Listen! Can you hear these

children next door? They (cry) again. 8. Why (you/wear) your fur coat today? It's

93

very warm. 9. I (not/go) to school this week. I am on holiday. 10. I want to lose

weight. I (not/eat) sweets now.


1. Please be quiet. I am writing my course paper.

2. “Where is John?” – “Нe is in the kitchen. Не … (have supper).”

3. “You … (stand) on my foot.” – “Oh, I am sorry.”

4. Look! Somebody … (swim) in the river.

5. We are here on holiday. We … (stay) at the Central Hotel.

6.“Where’s Ann?” – “She … (have) a shower.”

7. Тhеy … (build) new theatre in the city centre at the moment.

8. I … (go) now. Goodbye.

9. Don’t speak so loud. The child … (not/sleep) yet.

10. Please be silent for a while. What language … (they/speak)?


A. Mother: Jane, what … (Mary/do) now?

Jane: Well, she … (skate) if the ice is as thick as she thinks, but if the ice is as thin as

I think, she … (swim).

B. Molly: Hello, Fanny. I’m so glad to see you. What … (you/do) these days?

Fanny: I … (train) to be a secretary.

Molly: Really? … (you/enjoy) it?

Fanny: Yes, it’s quite interesting. How about you?

Molly: Well, I … (get married) soon and I’m very busy. I … (look for) a house.

Fanny: Really? … (you/do) it alone?

Molly: No, my fiancee … (help) me.

94


1. На кого вы сейчас смотрите? — Я смотрю на эту старую даму. 2. С кем

разговаривает Ваш друг? — Он разговаривает с нашим преподавателем. 3. О

чем вы рассказываете своим друзьям? — Я рассказываю им о своем отпуске.

4. Вы сейчас пишете диктант? — Нет, мы делаем упражнение 9. 5. Куда вы

идете вечером? — Мы идем в цирк. 6. Когда они приезжают в Москву? — Они

приезжают утром. 7. Мы уезжаем в Минск. 8. Эти студенты делают упражнение

или переписывают текст? 9. Кого встречают эти студенты? — Они встречают

иностранных студентов. 10. Куда вы идете? — Я иду на фотовыставку.

7.4.13. Put the verb into the Present Continuous or the Present Simple.

1. I’m planting a cherry-tree. Will you help me?

2. These things don’t belong to my parents.

3. He … (not/feel) well. He hasn’t been well for quite a time.

4. Look! He … (come). I … (want) to speak to him.

5. This stream … (flow) to the lake at the bottom of the valley.

6. Today the river … (flow) much faster than usual.

7. They usually … (grow) vegetables in their garden but this year they …

(not/grow) any.

8. Can you ride a bicycle? – No, but I … (learn). My brother … (teach) me.

9. You can borrow my dictionary. I … (not/need) it at the moment.

10. I usually … (enjoy) music but I … (not/enjoy) this record very much.

11. I … (not/believe) this man’s story.

12. My brother … (live) in Cardiff. He has always lived in Wales. Where …

(your sister/live)?

13. She … (look for) a new flat at the moment.

14. What … (your husband/do)? – He … (be) a broker but he (not/work) at the

moment.

15. Ron … (be) in London at the moment. He … (stay) at the Park Hotel. He

… (always/stay) there when he … (be) in London.

95


1. “Where is Paul?” – “Mary … (read) him a bed-time story.”

2. Modern trains … (go) very fast.

3. “I … (go) to have lunch with my parents.”

4. It … (be) the early bird that … (catch) the worm.

5. Every cloud … (have) a silver lining.

6. “Why … (you/laugh)?” – she cried. “Because … (you/talk) nonsense.”

7. He … (laugh) best, who … (laugh) last.

8. Actions … (speak) louder than words.

9. Eric … (speak) to the dean, and they both … (smile).

10. “I’ve got a headache,” Milly said. “Get me some painkiller. My head …

(split).”

11. That’s the way she always … (react).

12. I’m so careless. I always … (forget) my keys.


1. Excuse me (you/speak) English? 2. Where is Тоm? – (he/have) а shower.

3. I (not/watch) television very often. 4. Listen! Somebody (sing). 5. Sandra is tired.

(She/want) to go home now. 6. How often (you/read) а newspaper? 7. ”Excuse me

but (you/sit) on my place.” – “Oh, I am sorry." 8. I am sorry, I (not/understand). Can

you speak more slowly? 9. It is late. (you/come) with me? 10. What time (your

father/finish) work in the evenings? 11. You can turn off the radio. I (not/listen) to it.

12. Where is Paul? (he/cook) anything? 13. Martin (not/usually/drive) to work. Не

(usually/walk). 14. Sue (not/like) coffee, she (prefer) tea.


1. My elder sister (have) a music lesson. She always (have) a music lesson on

Friday. 2. Who (sing) in the next room? 3. Father (read) a newspaper. He usually

(read) something before going to bed. 4. Mother (cook) breakfast in the kitchen. She

always (cook) in the morning. 5. Who you (wait for)? – I (wait for) Ann. 6. It often

96

(rain) in autumn. 7. We (not/go) out, it (rain) heavily. 8. You (understand) the use of

the Present Simple and the Present Continuous quite well? 9. Why you (smile),

Kitty? 10. I often (meet) you at the corner of this street. You (wait) for anybody?

11. You (hear) anything? – Yes, somebody (knock) at the door. 12. They still

(discuss) where to go now.


1. You (recognize) that man? – I (think) that I have seen him before but I

(not/remember) his name. 2. You (need) another blanket or you (feel) warm enough?

3. Why you (walk) so fast today? You usually (walk) quite slowly. – I (hurry)

because I (meet) my mother at 4 o’clock and she (not/like) to be kept waiting. 4. You

(mind) if I (ask) you a question? – That (depend) on the question. – It (concern) your

brother. – I (refuse) to answer any questions about my brother. 5. I (think) it’s a pity

you don’t take more exercises. You (get) fat. 6. Stop! You (not/see) the notice? – I

(see) but I can’t read it because I (not/wear) my glasses. What it (say)? 7. You (hear)

the wind? It (blow) very strongly tonight. 8. This car (make) a very strange noise.

You (think) it’s all right? – Oh, that noise (not/matter). It always (make) a noise like

that. 9. He usually (speak) so quickly that I (not/understand) him. 10. Why you (put)

on your coat? – I (go) for a walk. You (come) with me? – Yes, I’d like to come. You

(mind) if I bring my dog?

7.4.18. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present Continuous or the Present

Simple in the following parts of sentences.

1. You’d better take your coat. It’s raining out there.

You’d better take your coat. It rains out there.

2. “His hands shake,” said my aunt.

“His hands are shaking,” said my aunt.

3. Who is sleeping in this room?

Who sleeps in this room?

4. He plays tennis.

97

He is playing tennis.

5. You are putting the umbrella in the wrong place.

You put the umbrella in the wrong place.


A. Man: Little boy, why … (you/carry) that umbrella over your head? It … (not/rain)

and the sun … (not/shine).

Little boy: I … (carry) it now because when it … (rain) Pa … (want) it, and only

when the weather … (be) good I can use it.

B. Jane: Mummy, I’ve just found a lost ball.

Mother: How … (you/know) it was lost?

Jane: The boy across the street … still (look for) it.

C. Farmer: What … (you/do) up in that tree, young fellow?

Boy: One of your apples fell down, and I … (try) to put it back.

D. Ann: Where … (be) Andrew?

Bob: He … (smoke) on the terrace.

Ann: I … (think) he … (smoke) too much.

Bob: Yes, he … (be) a chain-smoker.


1. Он сейчас сидит за столом и пишет письмо. 2. По вечерам мы смотрим

телевизор. 3. Сейчас вечер, мы смотрим телевизор. 4. Я встаю в восемь часов

утра. 5. Сейчас восемь, я встаю. 6. Я вхожу в столовую: мама готовит обед,

младшая сестра читает, собака спит под столом. 7. Куда ты идёшь? – Я иду в

кино. 8. Посмотри! Идёт дождь. 9. Смотри! Идёт снег. 10. Наташа бегает по

утрам. 11. Почему ты не ешь суп? – Я не хочу. Я плохо себя чувствую. 12. Что

ты имеешь в виду, Сэм? Ты говоришь загадками. 13. Ты смотришь телевизор? –

98

Нет, выключай его. 14. Что ты пишешь, Ник? – Я пишу сочинение. 15. Я не

слышу, о чем они говорят.

5. The Past Continuous Tense


I was reading

We were reading

I was not reading

We were not reading

Was I reading?

Were we reading?

The Past Continuous Tense употребляется:

1. для выражения действия, протекавшего в определенный момент в прошлом,

который обозначен либо обстоятельством времени, либо другим действием в

прошлом:

My brothers were playing football at 5 o’clock yesterday.

2. для выражения длительного действия, протекавшего в определенный период

времени в прошлом: from six till seven (с шести до семи), all day long last

Saturday (весь день в прошлую субботу), the whole day yesterday (весь

вчерашний день) и т.д.:

I was writing the report the whole evening yesterday.

The Past Continuous Tense может также употребляться для выражения

одновременных действий, протекавших в прошлом в один и тот же момент:

The children were playing while their mother was cooking.

7.5.1. Explain the use of the Past Continuous Tense in the following sentences.

1. The front door of the house stood open. The maid was polishing the

windows. 2. He glanced my way to see if I was listening. 3. Well, I was taught not to

interrupt when older people were talking. 4. “What were you doing in New York,

Mr Brown?” – “I was trying to find someone to buy my hotel,” he replied truthfully.

5. It was raining when I left. 6. I knew Harry was coming sometime on Monday.

7. By the time the month was up, Eric realized he was fighting a losing battle. 8. I

looked into my father’s study. He was no longer working. 9. We had some difficulty

99

with Jerry, who was enjoying himself and did not want to come away. 10. I was

driving along a country road when I spotted a telephone box.

7.5.2. Use the correct form of “to be”.

1. We … driving too fast and didn’t see the traffic lights. 2. He … choosing an

umbrella too long but didn’t buy any. 3. While my mother … paying for the things I

bought a bar of chocolate for myself. 4. It … raining heavily the whole day yesterday.

5. When I … walking in the park yesterday I saw a small dog who … sitting under

the tree and looking at me. 6. Suddenly he saw a girl who … standing at the door of

his office. 7. While mother … washing up, the children … getting the things into

order. 8. Yesterday at 5 he … repairing his bike. 9. They … arguing the whole day

yesterday. 10. When I saw him he … talking with his friends.


1. John was reading a newspaper. – He was not reading a book.

2. Children were playing football. (play basketball)……………………………

3. Nally was knitting a sweater. (sew a dress) …………………………………

4. She was learning the poems by heart. (read novels) …………………………

5. They were fishing. (hunt) ……………………………………………………

6. They were eating sweets. (drink lemonade) …………………………………

7. The child was smiling. (cry) …………………………………………………

8. I was passing my English exam. (take a credit test)…………………………

9. They were planting roses in the garden. (dig potatoes)………………………

7.5.4. Write sentences saying what Mr White was doing at these times.

1. At 8 o’clock he was taking his car from the garage.

2. At 10.45 he …………………………………………(meet the manager).

3. At 2.20 he ……………………………………….(have lunch) with Peter.

4. At 5 o’clock he ……………………………(visit) the dentist.

5. At 8 o’clock he ……………………….(enjoy the organ concert at the Cathedral).

100

6. At 10.05 he …………………………(walk the dog in the park).

7. At 11.10 he ……………………………..(drive his mother home).


1. What was Jane doing at 8 o’clock yesterday? (wash some clothes) – She was

washing some clothes.

2. What were you doing at 5? (cook a meal) ……………………………………

3. Was your sister reading up for her exam in History? (write a composition)

………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Why were you busy from 5 till 7 yesterday? (make a report) ………………

5. What was his father doing the whole morning? (fix a vacuum-cleaner)

………………………………………………………………………………….

6. What were your brothers doing when you came home? (fight) …………………

7. What were you discussing from 11 till 14? (discuss plans for the

holidays)………………………………………………………………………..

8. Why could’t Mary answer my telephone call? (have a bath/at that moment)

………………………………………………………………………………….


1. They were chattering. 2. Mike was playing the violin. 3. Dan was arguing

with his sister. 4. He was getting the things into order. 5. They were suffering from

headache. 6. She was doing her flat from morning till night. 7. The children were

shouting loudly. 8. A little boy was playing with his toys. 9. The dog was barking at a

stranger. 10. He was helping his friends to decorate their flat.

7.5.7. Open the brackets using the Past Continuous Tense.

1. Felix (sleep) in а car. 2. Pete (read) а newspaper. 3. Rosa (operate) а

computer. 4. Paul (repair) а car. 5. Sam's dogs (chase) each other. 6. Mrs. Drake

(enter) the baker's. 7. Sam (climb) the tree. 8. Lynn (lie) in the sun. 9. Mike and Tim

(wait) at the bus stop. 10. While I (take) a shower my mother (cook) breakfast.

101

7.5.8. Transform the sentences into the Past Continuous Tense.

1. I read a very interesting book yesterday. – I was reading a very interesting book

the whole day yesterday.

2. They played chess with their friends in the evening. ………………………

3. They got tired as they worked much. ………………………………………

4. He listened to a new record of his favourite singer. …………………………

5. Granny knitted socks yesterday. ……………………………………………

6. Jim repaired his car yesterday. ………………………………………………

7. He did not do his lessons in the morning yesterday …………………………

8. They fished much fish yesterday. ……………………………………………

7.5.9. Open the brackets using the Present Continuous or the Past Continuous Tense.

A mother saw that her little daughter … (read) a book. “What … (you/read),

dear?” she asked.

“I don’t know,” answered the girl.

“You don’t know? You … (read) aloud, so you must know.”

“I … (read) aloud, Mummy, but I … (not/listen to),” the child explained.


1. Весь вчерашний день мы готовились к зачету по английскому языку.

2. Вчера они очень устали, потому что весь день работали в лаборатории. 3. Он

не был вчера на лекции, потому что в это время был у врача. 4. Мы вчера

играли в теннис с восьми до десяти. 5. В восемь утра он все еще стоял на

остановке. 6. Они спорили с утра до вечера. 7. Мама готовила обед с десяти до

двенадцати. 8. Весь вчерашний день шел дождь. 9. Я не смог позвонить тебе в

одиннадцать, я в это время разговаривал с деканом. 10. Мой племянник весь

день играл в компьютерные игры.

102

7.5.11. Answer the questions using when and the verb of the subordinate clause in

the Past Continuous Tense.

1. When did she meet Helen? (walk along the street) – She met Helen when she was

walking along the street.

2. When did you catch that cold? (skate on a frosty day) ………………………

3. When did he write those nice poems? (have a holiday) ……………………

4. When did she learn the language? (live in England) ………………………

5. When did you buy this book? (read up for my exams) ………………………

6. When did the boy hurt himself? (ride the bicycle) …………………………

7. When did Philip lose his camera? (walk about the city) ……………………

8. When did he ring you up? (have supper) …………………………………

7.5.12. Put the verbs into the Past Simple or the Past Continuous Tense.

1. While Sean was finishing the letter, the night fell.

2. Dan fell off the tree when he was rescuing the cat.

3. Last night I … (read) in the bed when suddenly I … (hear) a voice

downstairs.

4. … (you/have) a bath when I phoned you?

5. They … (wait) for a taxi when I … (arrive).

6. I … (not/drive) very fast when I … (see) her.

7. Bob … (take) a nap while I … (paint) a ceiling.

8. We … (not/go) out because it … (rain) heavily.

9. What … (you/do) at this time yesterday?

10. We … (see) Amanda in the gallery. She … (wear) her new necklace.

7.5.13. Complete the conversations using was/were, the Past Simple or the Past

Continuous Tense. Reproduce the dialogues.

A. Policeman: What … (уоu/do) when the accident (happen)?

Colin: I … (be) at the bus stop. I … (wait) for а bus.

Policeman: … (you/see) the accident?

103

Colin: No, because I … (read) the newspaper.

B. Nicola: I … (telephone) you at 9 о'clock last night but you were not at home.

Martin: 9 о'clock? I … (sit) in а cafe and … (drink) hot chocolate.

Nicola: … (Jane/be) with you?

Martin: No, she … (work) in the library.

Nicola: Where … (you/ to go) after the cafe?

Martin: I … (go) home.

C. Mum: Oh nо! Му beautiful new plate! What's happened?

Angela: I am really sorry, Mum, I … (break) it when I … (wash) it.

Mum: How?

Angela: Му hands … (be) wet and I … (drор) it on the floor.

D. Sophie: Do you think yesterday's exam … (be) difficult?

Edward: No, not really, but I … (not/write) very much.

Sophie : Why not?

Edward: Because I … (dream) about my holiday.

E. Andrew: Тhere … (be) а crash outside my house yesterday.

Doris: What … (happen)?

Andrew: I don’t know. It … (rain) but the drivers (go) fast.

Doris: Were they hurt?

Andrew: One man … (break) his arm and the other man … (cut) his head.

7.5.14. Put the verb into the Past Continuous or the Past Simple Tense.

1. George (fall) off the ladder while he (paint) the ceiling. 2. We (walk) in

silence when he suddenly (ask) me to help him. 3. Last night I (read) in the bed when

suddenly I (hear) a scream. 4. You (watch) television when I phoned you? 5. I just

(have) breakfast when the telephone (ring). When I came back to my coffee, it (be)

104

cold. 6. Ann (wait) for me when I (arrive). 7. When I (finish) my letter in the hall, a

tall beautiful woman with red hair (enter). A dog (follow) her. 8. I (not/drive) very

fast when the accident (happen). 9. I (break) a plate last night. I (do) the washing-up

when it (slip) out of my hand. 10. I (stand) near the fence when suddenly I (hear) the

voices.

7.5.15. Put the verb into the Past Continuous or the Past Simple Tense.

1. Tom (take) a photograph of me while I (not/look). 2. Carol and Denies (talk)

about Jim when he (run) into the room. 3. We (not/go) out because it (rain). 4. Why

you (not/listen) to me while I (speak)? 5. What you (do) at this time yesterday? 6. I

(see) Carol at the party. She (wear) a really beautiful dress. 7. When the professor

(enter) the students still (talk). 8. Something (happen) with the telephone when I

(talk) with Moscow. 9. It (happen) many years ago. 10. What (you/do) while I (cook)

dinner?


1. When I came they were having dinner. (When) – When were they having dinner?

2. He was translating the article the whole day yesterday. (What) – What was he

translating the whole day yesterday?

3. We got acquainted when we were passing entrance exams. (What

exams?)…………………………………………………………………………

4. Ann was making a dress from seven till nine. (When?)………………………

5. At eleven he was still working. (Why?) ……………………………………

6. Mary was playing the piano at nine. (Who?)…………………………………

7.5.17. Translate into English using the Past Continuous or the Past Simple Tense.

1. Я посидел на скамейке с полчаса, а потом начал читать книгу. 2. Я

окончила университет, когда мне было 23 года. 3. "Когда вы были здесь

последний раз?" —“Полтора года назад." 4. Грэй встал и пошел наверх. 5. Я

встретила Лену около трех лет назад благодаря своим родителям. 6. Он

105

остановился и сорвал розу. 7. Я навещала их год тому назад. 8. Я видела его в

Лондоне неделю назад. 9. Я не видел его, когда был в С.-Петербурге. 10. Вы

были дома вчера вечером? 11. Они вернулись в дом, когда пошел дождь.

12. "Ты видел его этим утром?" "Да, он стоял у машины". 13. Он вошел и

увидел Нелли, которая рисовала странную картину. 14. Он побежал к воротам,

где стояла Анна. 15. Мы как раз говорили о нем, когда он вдруг вошел. 16. Они

пришли в то время, когда я работала в саду. 17. Вчера в шесть часов она

накрывала на стол. 18. Во что ты играл, когда я вошла? 19. Когда я приехал,

Елена как раз уходила. 19. Он вдруг понял, что едет не в ту сторону. 20."С кем

вы разговаривали по телефону, когда я вошла?" — "Я разговаривала с сестрой".

6. The Future Continuous Tense


I will be reading

He will be writing

I will not be reading

He will not be writing

Will I be reading?

Will he be writing?

The Future Continuous Tense употребляется:

1. для выражения длительного действия, которое начнется до определенного

момента в будущем и все еще будет продолжаться в этот момент. На него могут

указывать обстоятельства времени: at five o’clock (в пять часов), at that

moment (в этот момент), at midnight (в полночь):

At ten o’clock tomorrow he will be having an examination.

2. для выражения длительного действия, которое будет совершаться в

определенный период времени в будущем:

He will be writing a composition from seven till eleven.

7.6.1. Explain the use of the Future Continuous Tense in the following sentences.

1. “The evenings will be getting long soon,” I said to my aunt, to cheer her up.

2. “I do wish you’d do something about these stones,” said Mary. “We will all be

falling over them.” 3. He’s very much ashamed. He realizes that it’s all over between

106

them. I think he’ll be leaving quite soon. 4. He will be practising the violin all the

afternoon. 5. Now that your assistant’s gone you will be looking for someone to do

this work. 6. I’m afraid I’ll be doing the washing tomorrow. 7. Helen said, “Don’t

even ring me up. I’ll be working at my translation”. 8. I’m sure I’ll still be sleeping

when you start. I don’t want to get up so early. 9. Hurry up! Find your hockey stick.

I’ll be waiting for you outside because it’s too hot here. 10. James Howden offered

his hand. “You’ll be joining us in Washington, I understand.”


1. At nine o’clock Mary will be having her breakfast. – At nine o’clock Mary won’t

be having dinner.

2. The whole day tomorrow he will be playing with his little son. …………………

3. From nine till eleven the students will be passing their exam. …………………..

4. At seven tomorrow I will be learning the rules by heart. ………………………..

5. From seven till nine we will be enjoying a new play at the theater. ………………

6. At ten o’clock my parents will be discussing their plans for the holidays. ………..


1. Will your brother be repairing his bike? (No/repair his car) – No, he won’t. He will

be repairing his car.

2. Will you be taking your credit test ? (No/take an exam) ……………………

3. Will they be having breakfast at eight? (No/sleep still)………………………

4. Will your mother be cooking at nine? (Yes/cook breakfast)…………………

5. Will she be listening to music at eleven? (Yes/listen to a favourite radio

programme) ……………………………………………………………………..

6. Will you be watching TV the whole evening? (No/read up for an

exam)………….....................................................................................................

107

7.6.4. Write sentences saying what Mr Black will be doing at these times.

1. At 8 o’clock Mr Black will be having breakfast.

2. At 8.30 he ……………………………………(drive to his office)

3. At 9.30 he ………………………………………(have a meeting with his partners)

4. At 10.35 Mr Black and his partners ……………………………(sign a contract)

5. At 12 o’clock Mr Black ………………………………..(have lunch)

6. From 12.30 till 15.00 he ………………………………(look through the papers)

7. From 15.10 till 16.35 he ..……………………….(look for a present for his wife)

8. At 19.30 Mr and Mrs Black ……………………………….(have a festive supper

at an expensive restaurant).


1. What will she be doing on Sunday? (make а dress) – She will be making a dress.

2. What will you be doing at this time next week? (bathe in the Black Sea) …………

3. What will grandfather be doing when we arrive? (work in the garden) ……………

4. What will he be doing at the University for five years? (study law) ……………….

5. What will they be doing at this time tomorrow? (fly to Kiev) …………………….

6. What will she be doing at the concert tonight? (sing Russian folk-songs) ………..

7. What will he be doing at this time the day after tomorrow? (interview а foreign

delegation) ……………………………………………………………..

8. What will she be doing next term? (lecture at the Institute of Foreign

Languages)………………………………………………………………………

9. What will he be doing tomorrow afternoon? (drive to the

seaside)…………………………………………………………………………


1. I will be shopping tomorrow from 2 till 3 o’clock. 2. They will be getting the

things into order. 3. I will be sewing. 4. She will be playing the violin. 5. Mother will

be washing up. 6. I will be waiting for you at the station. 7. I will be doing my

homework when they return. 8. I will be having dinner soon. 9. Granny will be

108

knitting socks the whole evening. 10. They will be writing their grammar test from

ten till twelve tomorrow.

7.6.7. Transform the sentences into the Future Continuous Tense.

1. At 10 o’clock he was still working at the lab. 2. My friend was preparing for

her written test when I came. 3. Were you waiting for me at station at 8 o’clock in the

morning? 4. Was his friend giving a lesson at 5 o’clock? 5. My nephew was repairing

our vacuum-cleaner at 7. 6. My uncle was listening to the news when I went to bed.

7. My aunt was knitting the whole morning.


1. At eleven o’clock he will be still working at his office. (Where?) – Where will he

be working at eleven o’clock?

2. They will be celebrating the holiday at their aunt’s. (Where?)………………

3. I will be writing the composition at ten. (When?) ……………………………

4. The whole day tomorrow his niece will be playing with her new toys.

(Who?)………………………………………………………………………….

5. My uncle will be building the garage the whole summer. (What?)………………

6. They will be resting the whole week. (Why?)………………………………


1. Где ты будешь, когда я приду? – Я буду работать в библиотеке. 2. В три

часа мы будем сидеть в поезде и ехать во Владивосток. 3. Присоединяйся к

нам! С восьми до девяти часов мы будем играть в теннис. 4. В субботу утром

мама будет заниматься покупками. 5. Завтра весь день я буду убираться в

квартире. 6. Зачем ты взяла зонт Лизы? Она будет искать его завтра утром.

7. Когда я приеду, дети будут спать. 8. Настя устраивает вечеринку завтра, ты

идёшь? – Нет, завтра весь вечер я буду работать. 9. Завтра в это время мы будем

лететь на юг. 10. Весь следующий вечер я не буду работать, я буду отдыхать.

109

7.6.10. Open the brackets using the Present Simple, Present Continuous, Past Simple,

Past Continuous, Future Simple or Future Continuous Tenses.

1. I wondered why he (laugh). I could see nothing funny in what (go on).

2. What you two (talk) about? You (discuss) his plan? 3. You (leave) the town early

this summer? 4. When you (speak) to her about her lessons? 5. She (wear) dark

spectacles. They are not just sun glasses. She (not/see) very well. 6. Why you (wear)

sun glasses on а grey day like this? 7. Не (live) with his parents now. I think, he

(look) for а job. 8. I could not see his face, he (sit) so that his face was in shadow.

9. When I (see) her last she (try) on hats at Angela's. 10. For some fifteen minutes he

(write) in silence without once raising his eyes from what he (write). 11. We (walk)

for some time. The road (get) worse, just а narrow goat trail. 12. You (leave) us soon.

It (get) colder every day. 13. We were friendly at school. I still (see) him from time to

time. 14. You (hear) from me soon. 15. Phone as late as you can. I (be) up. I (watch)

the football game on TV. It's the semi-finals tonight. 16. The rain started when I

(wait) for my bus. 17. Why did you speak to him so? Не only (try) to help. 18. I hate

the place in autumn. It always (rain) there. It (rain) when we came and it (rain) when

we left.

110

7. The Present Perfect Tense


I have worked

We have worked

You have worked

They have worked

He has worked

She has worked

It has worked

I have not worked

We have not worked

You have not worked

They have not worked

He has not worked

She has not worked

It has not worked

Have I worked

Have we worked

Have you worked

Have they worked

Has he worked

Has she worked

Has it worked

The Present Perfect Tense употребляется:

1. для выражения действия, которое завершилось к настоящему моменту. Время

дейcтвия, как правило не указывается, оно не имеет значения, так как важен

факт совершения действия к настоящему моменту или его результат:

He has recovered from his illness (he is better now).

2. для выражения действия, которое завершилось, но тот период, в которое оно

происходило, еще продолжается: today (сегодня), this week (на этой неделе),

this year (в этом году), this month (в этом месяце):

Have you seen him today?

3. для выражения действия, которое началось в прошлом, продолжалось до

настоящего времени и протекает в настоящем:

He has always been in love with her.

The Present Perfect Tense часто употребляется с наречиями already (уже),

just (только что), recently (недавно), lately/of late (в последнее время), never

(никогда), ever (когда-либо), предлогами for (в течение), since (с), yet (еще), с

выражением This (It) is the first time (это первый раз):

This is the first time he has driven a car.

111

7.7.1. Explain the use of Present Perfect Tense in the following sentences.

1. Oliver came shyly up to him. “Sir, I’ve written a poem.” “Good,” said the

headmaster. “May I see it?” 2. “Come on, ladies,” he shouted, “there is nothing to be

afraid of. The mice have left the room”. 3. He thinks it’s pure nerves and he’s given

me pills. 4. “You look a bit shaken. Are you all right?” – “It’s been a pretty awful

day, that’s all.” 5. “Does your little daughter miss her nurse?” – “No. She has

forgotten her.” 6. “Are you keen on sailing?” – “I have never done any.” 7. “You

know, I’m thinking of writing my memories,” she said, “I’ve had an adventurous

life.” 8. “Do you know the man?” – “I’ve met him.” 9. We know not what is good

untill we have lost it. 10. Bacchus has drowned more men than the sea.

7.7.2. Put the adverbs of indefinite time in their proper place.

1. He has already finished his translation. 2. He hasn’t finished his coffee yet.

3. I have just seen him. 4. Have you spoken to her about it (ever)? 5. I have been to

the laboratory (already). 6. We have been there before (never). 7. They haven’t

finished their supper (yet). 8. Mary and Edward have left (just). 9. She has seen the

sea (never) and wants to go to the Crimea this summer. 10. Have you been to

England (ever)? 11. The bell has gone (just). 12. I have seen him looking so pale

(never). 13. She hasn’t finished doing the room (yet). 14. She has watched this film

(recently). 15. Have you packed the things (yet)?

7.7.3. Make sentences with already and yet.

1. Don’t forget to pack some warm clothes. – I’ve already packed them.

2. Have you bought that dress? – No, I haven’t bought it yet, but I’m going to buy.

3. Have you typed the letters yet? – Yes, ……………………………………………..

4. Why don’t you have a bath? – ………………………………………………………

5. Shall I buy some newspapers? – No, ………………………………………………..

6. Have you asked Jim yet? – Yes, …………………………………………………….

7. Have you invited Larry and Sue? – No. I……………….., but I ……………….

8. Has the manager arrived yet? – Yes, ………………………………………………..

112

9. Has Jill written to Dad? – No, she ………………..but she ………………..tonight.

7.7.4. Answer the questions. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Perfect Tense.

1. Is his article ready? (write) – Yes, he has written it.

2. Are her rooms clean? (do) – ………………………………………………

3. Is our dinner ready, Mother? (cook) – ……………………………………

4. Does she know the poem? (learn) – …………………………………………

5. Do you know this sort of pencil? (use) – ……………………………………

6. Does he know how nice the cake is? (eat) – ………………………………

7. Do you know that your gloves are on the table? (find) – ……………………

8. Is Bobby’s face clean? (wash) – …………………………………………

9. Do you know how beautiful these songs are? (hear) – ………………………

7.7.5. Use the words in brackets to make questions.

1. (you/ever/be/to Scotland?) – Have you ever been to Scotland?

2. (your parents/live/here all their lives?) …………………………………

3. (he/ever/paint/people?) …………………………………………………

4. (you/hear/this concert?) …………………………………………………

5. (how many times/you/be married?) …………………………………………

6. (he/ever/meet/the President?) ……………………………………………

7. (you/ever/visit/the White House?) ………………………………………


1. (anything/happen/recently?) – Has anything happened recently?

2. (you/read/any books recently?) ……………………………………………

3. (you/hear/from Tom in the past few days?) …………………………………

4. (you/buy/any new records recently?) ………………………………………

5. (you/see/any good films recently?) ………………………………………

6. (it/snow/here this year yet?) ………………………………………………

113


1. (they/play/tennis recently?) – Have they played tennis recently?

2. (Jill/ever/be/to South America?) – Has Jill ever been to South America?

3. (Mary/have/a holiday this year yet?) ……………………………………

4. (you/read/any French books?) ……………………………………………

5. (you/live/in that city all your life?) ………………………………………

6. (you hear/from Nick recently?) ……………………………………………

7. (how many times/you/be/in love?) ………………………………………

8. (you/ever/see/a famous person?) ………………………………………

7.7.8. Make sentences negative and interrogative.

1. They have visited the exhibition of new books in the town library. 2. He has

spent a plenty of time in the reading-room today. 3. Unfortunately, Jane has lost her

reader’s ticket. 4. Walter has brought home the books borrowed in the university

library. 5. I have selected the book I am interested in with the help of the author

catalogue. 6. You have found the needed word in the Encyclopedia. 7. We have never

met Betty's parents. 8. He has never visited Hong Kong, but he’d like to go there one

day. 9. She has already called them and invited them to dinner. 10. Where have you

been all this time? I am waiting for you. 11. I am afraid the boss is out. He has gone

to the bank. 12. Have you ever eaten any seafood? 13. My parents have been married

for twenty years. 14. I have told you this so many times already. Is it so difficult to

understand it? 15. I am so happy that my wedding has come. 16. My little cousin has

already learnt to read. 17. What a strange expression! I haven’t heard it for years.

18. Jack and Amelia are the only people I have ever loved. 19. We haven’t heard

from them lately. No news has come so far.

7.7.9. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Perfect Tense.

1. I don’t know this girl. I never (meet) her before. 2. “Where is Mother?” –

“She just (go) out.” 3. “Don’t you know what the film is about?” – “No, I (not/see)

it.” 4. Don’t worry about the letter. I already (post) it. 5. “Is he a good teacher?” –

114

“Oh, yes, he (help) me a lot.” 6. I know London perfectly well. I (be) there several

times. 7. I can’t find my umbrella. I think, somebody (take) it by mistake. 8. “Do you

speak Spanish?” – “No, I never (study) it.” 9. “Do you know where they have gone?”

– “No, they (sell) their house and (not/leave) their new address.”

7.7.10. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Perfect Tense.

1. “Can I have this newspaper?” – “Yes, I … (finish) with it.”

2. I … (buy) some new shoes. Do you want to see them?

3. “Where is Liz?” – “She … (go) out.”

4. I am looking fоr Paula. … (you/see) her?

5. Look! Somebody … (break) that window.

6. “Does Lisa know that you’re going аwау?” – “Yes, I … (tell) her.”

7. I can't find my umbrella. Somebody … (take) it.

8. I am looking for Sarah. Where ... (she/go)?

9. I know that woman but I … (forget) her name.

10. Sue is having а party tonight. She … (invite) her friends.

11. What are you going to do? … (you/decide/yet)?

12. “Where are my glasses?” – “I don't know. I … (not/see) them.”


1. A: … (you/see) “Gone with the Wind”?

B: Yes, I … (see) it recently.

A: What’s your opinion? Is it worth seeing?

B: It’s one of the best movies I … (ever/see). I was greatly impressed by it.

2. Teacher: Children, … (you/read) any books by Shakespeare?

Tom: Yes, I … (read) two. They are “Romeo” and “Juliet”.

115

7.7.12. Transform the sentences into the Present Perfect Tense.

1. I’m going to look through the article. – I have already looked through the article.

2. John is going to subscribe for the monthly magazine. – John has recently

subscribed for the monthly magazine.

3. They are going to throw a party. …………………………………………

4. Ann is going to visit her Granny. …………………………………………

5. I’m going to buy a new car. ………………………………………………

6. He is going to spend his holidays on the seaside. ……………………………

7. The sisters are going to enter the university. …………………………………

8. My brother is going to borrow the book from the library……………………


1. It has taken me three hours to do my homework. (How much time?) – How much

time has it taken me to do my homework?

2. David has repaired the radio. (Who?) …………………………………

3. Mary has gone to bed. (When?) ……………………………………………

4. I have cleaned the flat. (When?) …………………………………………

5. He has turned off the gas. (Why?) …………………………………………

6. I have had a bite. (Where?) ………………………………………………


1. Они построили новый дом. Ты его видел? 2. Ты показал маме свою

картину? – Нет, она еще не готова. 3. Я посмотрел этот фильм. А ты? – Да, это

интересный фильм. 4. Ты был в Лондонском зоопарке? – Да, я был там недавно.

5. Отец только что вернулся с моря. 6. Возьмите эти журналы. Я уже прочитал

их. 7. Вы были когда-нибудь в Греции? – Да, это очень красивая страна. 8. Мы

еще не сделали домашнее задание. 9. Она никогда не переводила такие трудные

статьи. 10. Я звонил ему три раза сегодня. 11. Сегодня он уехал в Нью-Йорк.

12. Ты видел доктора сегодня? – Еще нет.

116

8. The Present Perfect and the Past Simple Tenses

The Present Perfect The Past Simple

1. Действие, которое произошло в

прошлом, но связано с настоящим

своим результатом:

I have brought you good news.

1. Действие, которое произошло в

прошлом и не связано с настоящим:

He finished school many years ago.

2. Время совершения действия не

интересует говорящего и не указано:

Have you ever been to London?

2. Время совершения действия указано

или подразумевается по контексту:

I went to London a month ago.

3. Употребляется с обстоятельствами

неопределенного времени: recently,

lately, for a long time, ever, never:

It has rained a lot lately.

3. Употребляется с обстоятельствами

определенного времени: in June, in

1987, a year ago, last time, on that day:

It rained hard yesterday.

4. Сообщение о недавних событиях ( в

беседе, по радио, в газетных

сообщениях):

Reports have come from this country that

the enemy forces have suffered a defeat.

4. Повествование о событиях

прошлого:

It happened when I was a child. We

lived in a village and I went to school. I

had a friend whose name was Tom…

7.8.1. Read the situation and write a sentence.

1. Ten minutes ago Granny lost her glasses. Now she has them on her nose.

(lose/find) Granny lost her glasses but now she has found them.

2. Harry went to Egypt but now he is back in Ireland again.

(go/come back) Harry ………………………..but now ………………………………

3. I lived in the center but now I live in a new district.

(live/move) …………………………………………………………………………….

4. I had long hair. Now I wear it short.

(have/cut) ………………………………………………………………………………

5. Ten years ago I met Fran. We are great friends now.

(Meet/become) I …………………………..and we …………………………………..

117

6. He travelled to the North last year. You can read about it in his book.

(travel/write) ………………………………………………………………………….

7. They bought a house three years ago. Now other people live in it.

(buy/sell) ……………………………………………………………………………….

7.8.2. Put the verbs in brackets into the Past Simple or the Present Perfect Tense.

1. I first saw him when he came to visit his aunt.

2. Mr Hayes … (work) as a solicitor when he lived here.

3. The Browns live in Cardiff. They … (live) there for five years now.

4. My grandparents are old. They … (be) married for 55 years.

5. When I last saw him, he … (be) ten years old.

6. The summer … (be) very hot so far, don’t you think?

7. Mr Blake died ten years ago. I … (never/meet) him.

8. He doesn’t know my husband. He … (never/meet) him.

7.8.3. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present Perfect and the Past Simple

Tense in the following parts of sentences.

1. You behaved like a courageous man.

You have behaved like a courageous man.

2. We’ve settled everything.

We settled everything.

3. Have you spoken to him?

Did you speak to him?

4. We’ve been engaged for nearly two month.

We were engaged for nearly two month.

5. He has brought his collections of stamps.

He brought his collections of stamps.

118

7.8.4. Open the brackets using the Past Simple or the Present Perfect Tenses.

1. I (finish) my course paper. I (finish) it two days ago. 2. You ever (eat) at

Maxim's? – Yes, I (eat) there many times. In fact, my friend and I (eat) there last

night. 3. What European countries you (visit)? – I (visit) Germany, France and Italy. I

(be) in Germany and France in 1998, and in Italy in 2002. 4. He already (talk) to the

Dean about the grades? – Yes, he (speak) to him several times and the last time (be)

yesterday. 5. Jim already (have) lunch. He (have) it an hour ago. 6. Erica and I just

(see) this movie. We (see) it two days ago. 7. Jane already (call) her parents. She

(call) them on Saturday evening. 8. I (read/not) this bestseller yet, though I (buy) it a

couple of months ago. 9. Where is Dick? – He just (go) for a walk. Actually, he

(leave) a minute ago. 10. I (see/not) you for ages! Where you (be) alI this time? – I

(come) back from Canada two days ago.


1. When you last (hear) from him? – We (not/hear) from him since he (go) to

the Far East. 2. Everybody says you (win) a lot of money. 3. He is staying in bed

now. He (break) his leg. Yesterday he (slip) and (fall). 4. It (rain) here recently? – It

(rain) hard last night. 5. The concert (begin). It (begin) ten minutes ago. 6. I

(not/visit) the reading-room since last year. 7. I cannot go with you as I (not/write)

the composition yet. 8. I am sorry, I can’t lend you this book, somebody (take) it this

morning already. 9. I am not going to the library today, I (take) some books only

yesterday. 10. I just (buy) a book on art and according its contents it must be very

interesting. 11. Last week he (give) me a new historical novel. 12. He never (read)

Shakespeare in the original because it is too difficult for him. 13. Last year I (love)

detective stories.


1. Brian (work) hard last term but (not/work) this term. 2. How many games

the team (win) so far this season? 3. Why you (switch on) the light? It isn’t dark yet.

4. Jill and Martin (not/meet) since they (leave) college. 5. I (read) this book when I

119

was at school. 6. You (see) the film on television last night? 7. David just (come)

home. 8. Ron (come) home a minute ago. 9. I lost a lot weight but now I (put on

weight) again. 10. Jill (buy) a new car two weeks ago. 11. I can’t go with you to the

cinema because I (not/finish) my work yet. 12. She (meet) him at the Amur State

University last afternoon. 13. The last mail (come)? – Yes, it (come) half an hour ago.

14. How long do you know him? – We (meet) in 1995, but we (not/see) each other

since last autumn. 15. I (not/see) Henry lately. Anything (happen) to him? – Yes, he

(get) into an accident three weeks ago. Since that time he (be) in hospital. 16. I said,

“Mr. Jones (be) just arrested by the police. “My goodness. You don’t say. What he

(do)?” – “He necessarily (not/do) anything.” – “He (see) a lawyer?” – “That’s not

possible here. The police wouldn’t allow it.” 17. I never (be) to London. 18. You ever

(be) to Dublin? 19. You ever (see) the eruption of a volcano? 20. This is the fifth cup

of coffee you (have) today!


A 1. The doctor ... today. (visit ten of his patients) 2. His brother ... that day.

(not/go to the pictures) 3. It …the day before yesterday. (rain heavily) 4. The

professor ... two days ago. (examine him) 5. He ... the other day. (call on us)

B. 1. The tourists ... this week. (arrive here) 2. Mother … that week. (take the

children to the Zoo) 3. My husband and I ... last week. (be at the theatre) 4. The

children... a week ago. (come from the country) 5. My aunt … for a week. (stay with

us)

C. 1. She ... this month. (take eight lessons in English) 2. They ... that month.

(return from England). 3. His elder brother ... last month. (meet them at the pictures).

4. I …a month ago. (speak to the dean) 5. She ... for a month. (not/be in town)

D. 1. Her husband ... this year. (graduate from the University) 2. Their friends

... that year. (live in the Crimea). 3. She ... last year. (miss many lessons in French).

4. They ... a year ago. (get acquainted) 5. She … for a year. (stay in England)

120


1. A; You ever … (visit) Chicago?

B: Yes, I … (be) there several times.

2. A: You … (be) to the Ryan’s lately?

B: Yes, I … (go) there last night.

3. A: He … (speak) to you about his plans recently?

B: No, he … (go) to Vilnius last week and … (not/arrive) yet.

4. A: You … (see) your brother this morning?

B: No, I … (not/see) him since last Monday.

5. A: You … (see) the new monument in that street?

B: No, I … (be) there last Friday but I … (not/see) the monument.

6. A: You ever … (show) your water-colors to anybody?

B: Yes, I … (show) them to my friends a few days ago.


1. Рад с вами познакомиться! Я читал все ваши статьи. 2. Я закончила

картину. Взгляните на нее, пожалуйста. 3. Сегодня я еще не читал газеты. 4. Вы

принесли мне еще одну книгу? – Нет, я пришел за вашим советом. 5. Сколько

раз вы уже были в Лондоне? Я знаю, что вы ездили в Лондон в прошлом году.

6. Вас недавно навещал ваш внук? – Да, он приходил сегодня днем. 7. Лена

дала мне очень интересный фильм на прошлой неделе, но я еще не посмотрел

его. 8. Вы послали за доктором? – Да, он скоро придет. 9. Вы давно знаете

Майю? – Я знаю ее всю жизнь. 10. Я очень люблю путешествовать. Я побывала

121

во многих столицах Европы. 11. Я не была в Новгороде с тех пор, как мы

переехали в Санкт Петербург. 12. За последнее время я встречал ее несколько

раз. Она очень изменилась. 13. Семь лет назад он уехал в Америку, и с тех пор

я его не видел. 14. Я встретилась с Томом три года тому назад, и с тех пор я о

нем ничего не слышала. 15. Вы хорошо знаете этот город? – Нет, я никогда

здесь раньше не была.

7.8.10. Open the brackets using the Present Simple, Present Continuous, Present

Perfect or Past Simple Tenses.

1. Every day we (learn) English for our self-development and future prosperity.

2. Please give me a pencil, I (lose) mine. 3. As a rule, I (have) porridge for breakfast,

but this morning I (order) an omelet. 4. I (not/meet) Peter since Monday. 5. Nina just

(finish) work. 6. This is the house where I (live). I (live) here since childhood.

7. Where Nick (be)? – He (go) home. He (leave) the room a minute ago. 8. What you

(read) now? – I (read) “The moon and sixpence” by W. Maugham. 9. Stop smoking!

The room (be) full of smoke which (come) from your pipe. Usually nobody (smoke)

here as mother (not/let) it. 10. English (be) rather a difficult subject even for those

who (have) a bend to it. 11. My watch (stop). There (be) something wrong with it.

12. You (see) Jack today? – Yes, I (see) him at the institute. 13. English (be) the

language of international political debates and conferences.


Perfect or Past Simple Tenses.

1. I (write) letters home once a week, but I (not/write) one this week, so my

next letter must be rather long. 2. For each type of work the teacher (give) you a

mark. 3. You (hear) the new symphony by M.? – Yes, I ... – When you (hear) it? – I

(to hear) it last Sunday. 4. You (change) so much. Anything (happen)? 5. No wonder

she (look) tired after the strain under which she (be) for a month. 6. If you (play)

truant, you must have an excuse signed by a doctor. 7. What you (do) here at such a

late hour? You (write) your composition? – No, I (write) it already. I (work) at my

122

report. – And when you (write) your composition? – I (finish) it two days ago. 8. I

say, Martin, let’s have dinner. – No, thank you, I already (have) dinner. 9. Now Jim

(get) the things into order. 10. I just (look) at the barometer and (see) that it (fall) very

quickly. 11. He (just/make) an appointment. 12. What the weather (be) like? It still

(rain)? – No, it (stop) raining. 13. I regularly (see) him at the tram stop, but I (not/see)

him these two or three days.

9. The Past Perfect Tense


I had worked

He had written

I had not worked

He had not written

Had I worked?

Had he written?

The Past Perfect Tense употребляется для выражения прошедшего

действия, которое уже совершилось до определенного момента в прошлом или

до другого, более позднего прошедшего действия, выраженного глаголом в Past

Simple:

I had cleaned my flat by 5 o’clock.

They had never met before yesterday.

The Past Perfect Tense употребляется с обстоятельствами времени by 5

o’clock (к пяти часам), by Saturday (к субботе), by that time (к тому времени),

в выражениях: No sooner + Past Perfect …than + Past Simple;

hardly/scarcely/nearly/barely + Past Perfect …when + Past Simple:

Hardly had he done it when they came.

No sooner had they arrived than it started to rain.

7.9.1. Explain the use of the Past Perfect Tense in the following sentences.

1. He asked me if I had had breakfast. 2. He told me that Isabel had broken

her engagement to Larry. 3. We had reached Piccadilly, and stopping I held out my

123

hand to Roy. 4. She was sure that he had never lied to her before. 5. He knew that as

a girl she had lived in Rome. 6. Jack chose the hotel. He had never been there

before but he had heard his mother speak of it once. She had said she had liked it.

7. He glanced up and down the beach to see if he had left anything. 8. He quite

forgot that Julian had been divorced for some time. 9. They had been married only

a few months when they gave up living in London. 10. He was pleased to meet Dave

again. He had known him for ten or eleven years, and they had played tennis

together in Paris.

7.9.2. Make sentences using the verbs in brackets.

1. Why didn’t you listen to that play on the radio? – I didn’t listen to that play

because I had heard it before.

2. Why didn’t you see Fred when you came to Moscow? (leave)……………

3. Why didn’t Kate want to go to the cinema? (see the film) …………………

4. Why didn’t you tell him my new address? (forget) …………………………

5. Why didn’t Jeff hear about Kate’s exam? (pass)……………………………

6. Why did Fred come home so soon from his holiday? (spend all money) …………

7. Why couldn’t you get into your flat at once? (lose the key) …………………

8. What did you learn about Bob? (get married) ………………………………

9. What did she read in the newspaper about the expedition? (return) ………………

10. What did he learn about Helen from the letter he received? (be ill for a month)

………………………………………………………………………………………..

7.9.3. Complete the sentences using the verbs in brackets.

1. Jim’s father didn’t work in the bank anymore. He had retired (retire).

2. His parents didn’t live there any longer. They … (go) to live in the country.

3. His sister wasn’t there either. She … (get) married.

4. His house was larger. He … (build) the third storey.

124

5. Mike and Breda were away. They … (leave) for Sweden.

7.9.4. Complete the sentences using the verbs in brackets.

1. I was very excited about visiting London because I (be) had never been there

before.

2. The little boy couldn’t wait to get to the sea (see). He …………………..before.

3. The teacher was late that morning. The class didn’t know what to think (be/late).

She …………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Yesterday Larry taught Nell to play the guitar. She felt very unsure because she

(play) …………………………………………………………………………………

5. It was Miss Kelly’s first day at school. She was very nervous because she (teach)

………………………………………………………………………………………….

7.9.5. Make sentences using the verbs in brackets.

1. 1. His hair was wet. (He/just/have a shower) – He had just had a shower.

2. There was nobody at the platform. (the train/just/leave) …………………………

3. We didn’t find anybody at home. (everybody/already/go out) …………………..

4. The children were playing in the garden. (they/just/come/from school) …………

5. Bob wasn’t at home when I arrived. (he/arrange/to meet/some friends/at the club)

………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. I couldn’t recognize the child after all the time. (I/not/see/her/for seven years)

……………………………………………………………………………………….

7.9.6. Use the Past Perfect Tense to complete the sentences.

1. When she went to bed, she remembered that she (not/switch off the light) – When

she went to bed, she remembered that she hadn’t switched off the light.

2. She felt tired because she (walk а lot/that day) ……………………………

125

3. She went for а holiday after she (pass the exams) ………………………

4. I didn' t know what to do when they (show/me/the picture) ………………

5. I didn' t look at the present until after she (go). ……………………………

6. I was very sorry to hear that he (die) ………………………………………

7. Не didn' t start speaking until the children (leave/the room) ………………………

8. When I met Helen, I understood why Bill (marry her) ………………………

9. Не understood the book only after he (read it/again) ………………………

10. When John and I got to the river, the boat rасе (start already) ……………………

7.9.7. Unite the following pairs of sentences. Use the conjunctions after, as soon as,

before, untill, till, when.

1. They went to England. They left school. (after) – They went to England after they

had left school.

2. The sun set. They finished their work. (before) – The sun had set before they

finished their work.

3. The sun rose. He woke up. (before) …………………………………………

4. I understood the problem. He explained. (as soon as) ………………………

5. She wrote the letter. She went to the post office. (after) ……………………

6. He left the room. I turned on the radio. (as soon as) …………………………

7. He had dinner. He went to the cinema. (after) ………………………………

8. We didn’t say a word. He finished his story. (untill) ………………………

9. Harold couldn’t leave for home. He completed everything. (till) …………………

10. The snow was deep. It snowed heavily. (after) ……………………………

7.9.8. Read the dialogue and compare the use of the Past Simple and the Past Perfect

Tenses. Make up a dialogue in analogy.

Mary: Why did you go home before the party had finished?

126

John: I had forgotten to switch my TV-set off.

Mary: What happened when you got home?

John: My brother had switched it off for me.

Mary: Then why didn’t you come back to the party?

John: Oh, I had left the TV on deliberately because I didn’t want to stay at the party.

7.9.9. Open the brackets using the Past Simple or the Past Perfect Tense.

1. I (translate) two pages yesterday. 2. By the end of the week they (translate)

the first part of the book. 3. When they (enter) the theater the play (begin). 4. Though

he (learn) the language only for a year he (show) good knowledge. 5. When you

(receive) a letter from her last? 6. When I (phone) them they (not/be) ready yet.

7. We (find) nobody in the house when we (come) but we (have) a feeling that

somebody (be) there before. 8. When John (come) home the family (have) their

dinner, so he (go) to the kitchen and (make) himself a cup of tea. 9. The lady (open)

the door only after I (tell) her who I (be) and what I (want). 10. He (live) in Paris for

a long time and (know) a lot about the city.

7.9.10. Open the brackets using the Past Simple or the Past Perfect Tense.

1. Margot (go) to the door and (lock) it, and (return) with the key. 2. He sighed

again and again, like one who (escape) from danger. 3. He (make) tea and (eat) the

biscuits which Mrs. Aberdeen (bring) him. 4. It (be) all so sudden that for a moment

no one (know) what (happen). 5. He (tell) me that they (be) at the same public school

and (be) friends ever since. 6. Near the door he (see) the man he (notice) at the sta-

tion. 7. The new bus-driver (have) an accident after he (drive) a few yards. 8. The

students (enter) the classroom five minutes after the bell (ring). 9. After she (lock)

and (bolt) all the doors, she (go) to bed. 10. The students (do) all the exercises very

well after the teacher (show) them how to. 11. She (feel) sick after she (eat) a whole

box of chocolates. 12. The sun (rise) when the farmer (start) work.

127

7.9.11. Open the brackets using the Present Perfect or the Past Perfect Tense.

1. He (be) here since twelve o’clock. 2. How many pages you (read)? 3. They

(not/return) yet. 4. They (return) by 5 o’clock. 5. She (learn) English for five years

before entering the University. 6. You (learn) English before? 7. I (not/read) any

books of this author. 8. What a pleasure it was to see him again. We (not/meet) since

childhood. 9. What (happen)? You look pale. 10. How long they (be) engaged before

they married?

7.9.12. Use the Past Simple, the Past Continuous or the Past Perfect Tenses instead

of the infinitives in brackets.

1. Yes, Jane? What you (say)? 2. He even (not/count) the money that Lammiter

(hold) out to him. 3. I (look) at her. She (smile) to herself and (not/answer) my

question at once. I (repeat) it. 4. For some time she (not/realize) where she (be) and

what (happen). 5. The silence in the room (tell) that the rain (stop). 6. My mother

(make) sandwiches in the kitchen and (not/hear) the bell. 7. He (go) to school for the

first time with a bunch of flowers in his hand, and it (seem) to him that everyone

(turn) to look at him. 8. The grass (be) damp; it (tell) us that the rain (fall) in the

night. 9. Now she (look) at me with wide-open eyes. 10. After the war they (part) and

he (tell) me that he (not/see) her since.

7.9.13. Open the brackets using the Present, Past, Future Simple; Present, Past

Continuous; Present or Past Perfect Tenses.

1. My friend (like) pies. He (eat) pies every day. When I (meet) him in the

street yesterday, he (eat) a pie. He (tell) me that he (buy) that pie at the corner of the

street. Look at my friend now! He (eat) a pie again. 2. As soon as you (see) your

friend, tell him that I (want) to see him. 3. When I (come) home yesterday, my

brother (sleep). 4. Yesterday Nick (say) that he (read) much during his summer

vacation. 5. At the age of twenty my father (combine) work and study. 6. A great

number of students (study) in the reading-room when I (enter) it last night. 7. The

storm (rage) the whole night, and the sailors (try) to do their best to save the ship.

128

8. What your brother (do) now? 9. Look! Steve (swim) across the river. 10. What he

(do) when you (see) him yesterday? 11. When the ship (cross) the ocean, a great

storm (break) out. 12. What he (do) when you (see) him yesterday?

7.9.14. Open the brackets using the Present, Past, Future Simple; Present, Past

Continuous or Present, Past Perfect Tenses.

1. Yesterday grandfather (tell) us how he (work) at the factory during the war.

2. You ever (see) the Tower of London? 3. When Nick (come) home yesterday, his

mother (return) and (cook) dinner in the kitchen. 4. When I (go) to school yesterday, I

suddenly (remember) that I (forget) to take my German exercise book. 5. Let’s go for

a walk. The rain (stop) and the sun (shine). 6. If you (help) me, I (do) this work well.

7. Mike’s friends could hardly recognize him as he (change) greatly after his

expedition to the Antarctic. 8. When I (enter) the hall, the students (listen) to a very

interesting lecture in history. 9. Hello! Where you (go)? – Nowhere in particular. I

just (take) a walk. 10. Our students (do) all kinds of exercises and now they (be) sure

that they (know) this rule well. They (hope) they (make) no mistakes in the test paper.

11. The expedition (cover) hundreds of kilometers, but they still (be) far from their

destination. 12. You (go) to Great Britain next year?


1. Войдя в комнату, он увидел Анну там, где ее оставил. 2. Я заметил,

когда вошел, что кто-то забыл свой зонтик на крыльце. 3. Он не прочел и

полкниги, как заявил, что она ему не нравится. 4. Когда гости ушли, она вошла

в гостиную и выключила свет. 5. Она сидела на диване и думала, почему еще не

пришло письмо от отца. 6. Дождь прекратился, но в воздухе был еще легкий

туман. 7. Я не знала, когда он ушел. 8. Он не помнил его имени и не помнил,

чтобы встречал его когда-либо раньше. 9. Мы ехали часа два, когда, наконец,

увидели озеро. 10. Прошло некоторое время, прежде чем они поняли, что ему

нечего было сказать. 11. Приехав домой, он узнал, что его сестра только что

ушла. 12. Когда экспедиция вернулась, они рассказали, что они видели в

129

Арктике. 13. Она закончила паковать вещи к тому времени, когда ее сестра

постучала в дверь. 14. Последние дни было очень холодно, но снег не шел.

15. Когда все ушли, она подошла к телефону и быстро набрала номер. 16. Когда

родители вернулись, я показала им, что я сделала. 17. Мама пыталась успокоить

меня после того, как вы ушли. 18. Я удивился тому, какие успехи она сделала,

учитывая, как мало времени прошло с тех пор, как я видел ее в последний раз.

19. Не успел он подойти к двери, как встретил своих школьных друзей. 20. Он

опять вернулся в Москву, где жил с родителями в детстве.

10. The Future Perfect Tense


I will have worked

He will have written

I will not have worked

He will not have written

Will I have worked?

Will he have written?

The Future Perfect Tense употребляется для выражения будущего

действия, которое закончится до определенного момента в будущем. Этот

момент может быть выражен обстоятельством времени с предлогом by (by five

o’clock к пяти часам, by the end of the year к концу года) или другим будущим

действием, выраженным Present Simple в придаточном предложении времени и

условия с союзами before, when:

By the end of the week we’ll have finished this work.

When we meet next time, I’ll have already read this book.

7.10.1. Explain the use of the Past Perfect Tense in the following sentences.

1. If you come back in about twenty minutes Alec and I will have had our

talk. 2. You’d better ring me back in half an hour. By then I’ll have found the letter.

3. He says they will have finished the house by the end of next month. 4. He

probably will get here in about three weeks. By that time I will have returned to the

University. 5. If we don’t get there before seven o’clock they will have had dinner.

130

6. The sun will have set by the time we get home. 7. When we get back he will have

had a bath and we will find him asleep in his bed. 8. I’ll let you know what measures

I will have taken.

7.10.2. Answer the questions in the Future Perfect Tense, using the words in

brackets.

1. Will you still be busy if I call you at six? (finish) – No, we will have finished by

that time.

2. Will they still be staying at the hotel tomorrow? (move to their new house) ………

3. Will you be discussing the plan at two o’clock? (make a decision) ……………

4. Will your students be writing a test at ten in the morning? (finish) ………………

5. Will your brother still be a student next autumn? (graduate) ……………………

6. Will you still remember me in 5 years? (forget) ……………………………

7. Will he be at home on Sunday? (leave for Scotland) ………………………

8. Will she be expecting your call tomorrow morning? (receive my letter) …………

9. Will you be having a lesson when I come home? (go to the swimming-pool)

………………………………………………………………………………

7.10.3. Put the verb in brackets into the Future Perfect Tense.

1. I (translate) this letter by 6 о'clock this afternoon. 2. I (make) this doll by her

birthday. 3. Не (not/learn) his lesson by tomorrow, if he has not yet begun to study it.

4. This work is so difficult, that I (not/complete) it in а year's time. 5. After you finish

this book, you (learn) over а thousand words. 6. By the end of the month the

commission (come) to some decision. 7. If she returns after Julу 1, I won’t see her, I

already (go) to the South by the time.

131


1. К завтрашнему дню я закончу этот отчет. 2. Мы сделаем эту работу к

трем часам дня, а потом пойдем в парк. 3. К 20 июня мы сдадим все экзамены.

4. Строители построят эту школу к 1 сентября. 5. Я напишу это письмо к тому

времени, как придет секретарь. 6. Поезд уже уйдет к тому времени, когда мы

придем на станцию. 7. Я переведу эту статью к понедельнику.

7.10.5. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Simple, the Future Simple and the

Future Perfect Tenses.

1. Не (be) here for two hours by the time you (come) back. 2. "It (be) very

late." — "They (be) back soon. 3. "There (be) no planes tonight." — "Never mind, I

(go) by train". 4. You (be) angry if I (talk) to you about it? 5. By the time you (finish)

cooking they (do) their work. 6. "I (be) afraid, my train (leave) by that time." —

"(not/worry), I (drive) you home. 7. I hope it (stop) snowing by tomorrow morning.

8. If you (think) it’s over you (see) I am right. 9. If you (not/take) а taxi, you (be) late.

By the time you (get) to the theatre the first act (be) over and you (miss) the most

interesting dialogues.

7.10.6. Translate into English using the Future Simple, Future Continuous or Future

Perfect Tenses.

1. Твои друзья будут в Англии, когда ты приедешь туда летом? – Я уверен, что

они уже вернутся из Южной Африки. Will your friends be in England when you

come there in summer? – I’m sure they will have already returned from South

Africa.

2. Ты будешь готовиться к экзамену в субботу? – Я уверен, что уже сдам его.

Will you be reading up for your exam on Saturday? – I’m sure I’ll have passed it

already.

3. Ты еще будешь готовить обед в 12 часов? – Я уверен, что уже закончу

готовку…………………………………………………………………………

132

4. Ты поможешь бабушке искать очки, когда вернешься? – Я думаю, она их уже

найдет. …………………………………………………………………

5. Джерри будет дома, если я позвоню в 8 часов? – Я думаю, он уже

придет…………………………………………………………………………

6. Они будут обедать завтра в 6 часов? – Я уверен, они уже пообедают к этому

времени. ………………………………………………………………

7. Ты еще будешь чинить машину, если я зайду за тобой в пять? – Я думаю, что

уже починю ее. …………………………………………………..

7.10.7. Put the verb in brackets into the Future Simple, the Future Continuous and

the Future Perfect Tenses.

1. I (do) my homework tomorrow. 2. I (do) my homework at six o’clock

tomorrow. 3. I (do) my homework by six o’clock tomorrow. 4. By 8 o’clock they

(have) dinner. 5. When I come home tomorrow, my family (have) supper. 6. When

you come to my place tomorrow, I (read) your book. I (do) my homework by the time

you come. 7. Don’t come to my place tomorrow. I (write) a composition the whole

evening. 8. I (not/go) to the cinema tomorrow. I (watch) TV the whole evening.

9. What you (do) tomorrow? 10. What you (do) at eight o’clock tomorrow? 11. By

the end of the week he (finish) the translation. 12. You (play) volleyball tomorrow?

13. You (do) this work by next Sunday? 14. When you (go) to see your friend next

time? 15. How many pages you (read) by five o’clock tomorrow? 16. Tomorrow I

(begin) doing my homework as soon as I come from school. I (do) my homework

from three till six. 17. My father (come) home at seven o’clock tomorrow. I (do) all

my homework by the time he comes, and we (go) for a walk together. 18. They

(receive) our letter by Monday. 19. I suppose when my letter (reach) you I already (to

return) from my voyage.

133

7.10.8. Translate into English using the proper forms of the verbs.

Завтра миссис Коллинз посетит школу своего сына Ника. Когда она

придет туда в два часа дня, он будет играть в игры, но это неважно, потому что

сначала она пойдет к его учителю. К тому времени, когда они закончат

разговор, урок закончится, и Ник примет душ и будет готов идти с мамой

домой. Через два часа Ник сделает уроки и будет свободен. Когда я приеду к

ним, Ник с родителями будет обедать. После обеда мы будем играть в

компьютерные игры. К тому времени, когда мы перестанем играть, миссис

Коллинз приготовит кофе. Мы будем сидеть в гостиной и пить горячий кофе.

Потом я отправлюсь домой.

11. The Present Perfect Continuous Tense


I have been reading

We have been reading

You have been reading

They have been reading

He has been reading

She has been reading

It has been reading

I have not been reading

We have not been reading

You have not been reading

They have not been reading

He has not been reading

She has not been reading

It has not been reading

Have I been reading?

Have we been reading?

Have you been reading?

Have they been reading?

Has he been reading?

Has she been reading?

Has it been reading?

The Present Perfect Continuous Tense употребляется:

1. чтобы подчеркнуть длительный характер действия, которое началось в

прошлом и продолжается в настоящем:

I’m waiting to talk to the Dean. I have been waiting for almost twenty

minutes, but he’s still busy.

Начало действия может быть обозначено предлогом since (с тех пор):

He has been learning the poem since morning.

134

Период времени, в течение которого происходило действие, может быть

выражен предлогом for (в течение):

I have been waiting for you for twenty minutes.

2. чтобы подчеркнуть, что, хотя длительное действие только что закончилось,

его результат налицо:

“What’s the matter? Why are you out of breath?” – “I’ve been running all the

way.”

7.11.1. Explain the use of the Present Perfect Continuous Tense in the following

sentences.

1. Your wife’s been telling me that you’ve not been sleeping very well lately.

I’m sorry to hear that. 2. “Mother, what do you suppose you look like?” – “Oh, I

know. But I’ve been cleaning the stairs.” 3. Rosemary, I’ve been thinking. What we

need is something different. 4. I don’t want anyone to know I’ve been crying. 5. Oh,

I’m not really hot. It’s just that I’ve been running. 6. “I must say, William, you’re

looking very pale, you know.” – “Am I? ” – “I fear you’ve been overworking

yourself lately.” 7. You bet I’m burning myself out. I’ve been doing it for so many

years now – and who cares? 8. “I was the only boy in our school that had asthma,”

said the fat boy with a touch of pride. “And I’ve been wearing specs since I was

three.” 9. Oh, dear, has the baby been howling ever since we left? 10. “Oh, it’s

grand to have you home again,” he said. “I’ve been saving up things to tell you but

now they’ve gone right out of my head and I can only be glad.”

7.11.2. Fill the spaces in the sentences by using for or since.

1. We’ve been fishing … two hours. 2. I have earned my own living … I left

school. 3. The police have been looking for him … four weeks. 4. They have been

quarelling ever … they got married. 5. He has been very ill … the last month. 6. He

hasn’t eaten anything … twenty-four hours. 7. Mr Pitt has been in hospital … the

135

accident. 8. It has been very foggy … early morning. 9. I’ve been using this machine

… twelve years. 10. I haven’t worn low-heeled shoes … I was at school.

7.11.3. Make up sentences using the Present Perfect Continuous Tense.

1. Have а rest now. (you/work too hard/lately) You have been working too hard

lately.

2. You are shivering. (you/stand/in this cold/long?) Have you been standing in this

cold for a long time?

3. Her hands are red and wet. (she/scrub/the floors/for three hours) …………………

4. The children are quite voiceless. (they/sing at the top of their voices/since

morning) …………………………………………………………………….

5. Suzy is in her riding boots (she/ride) ………………………………………

6. You are dirty all over. What (you/do)? ……...………………………………

7.11.4. Make up sentences using the Present Perfect Continuous Tense.

1. I’m so glad to be able to talk to someone. (have/a very dull time) I have been

having a very dull time.

2. His clothes are wet (walk/in the rain) He has been walking in the rain.

3. You look upset. (he/say dreadful things/about…) ……………………………

4. He is very tired. (he/overwork) ……………………………………………

5. The streets are wet. (rain) …………………………………………………

6. I can’t write a loving letter now. (write/too many official papers) …………………

7. The air in the room is hazy. (smoke/a great deal) ……………………………

7.11.5. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Perfect Continuous Tense.

1. I (work) on this problem for two months. 2. She (sleep) all this time? 3. You

(talk) this nonsense аll day long. 4. "Any news about your latest project?" — "I just

(tell) about it. 5. Не says he (not/feel) well for the past week. 6. You are red аll over.

How long you (lie) in the sun today? 7. I (try) to get you аll day, George! 8. I

136

(not/sleep) well for months. 9. We (see) each other regularly since the party at

Helen's. 10. "Jack isn't working now" — "Не (not/work) for years."


1. Ты давно меня ждешь? 2. Вы опять дрались? 3. Как давно у вас болит

нога? 4. Он занимается уже три часа. 5. Я учу испанский с сентября. 6. Анна

ищет работу шесть месяцев. 7. Мой брат курит десять лет. 8. Они работают в

Манчестере с 1 марта. 9. Какой глубокий снег! Сколько времени шел снег?

10. У тебя глаза красные. Ты плакала? 11. С какого возраста ты играешь в

шахматы? 12. Как давно вы живете в этом городе?

7.11.7. Open the brackets using the Present Continuous or the Present Perfect

Continuous Tenses.

1. “Where is Fred?” – “He is working (work) in the garden. He has been

planting (plant) rose bushes since dawn.”

2. What … (you/do) here?

3. He … (do) his lessons since after lunch.

4. All things in the room are out of place. The children … (play) hide-and-

seek!

5. I … (think) of your aunt’s proposal since we last met.

6. We … (stay) at the Regent Hotel. Won’t you come and see us?

7. For a week now those mice … (steel) food from the pantry.

8. Down by the pine woods they … (lay) out a new road.

7.11.8. Open the brackets using the Present Continuous or the Present Perfect

Continuous Tenses.

1. “There’s a man sitting at the first table near the door. He (look at) us,” she

said“. – “He is, but what of it?” – “I (meet) him everywhere of late.” 2. Ever since

my University days I (study) the history of Russia. Now I (read) books on the Civil

War. 3. I know you (ask) for somebody with experience on your staff. There is a

137

doctor in our laboratory who might interest you. But now he (finish) an experiment.

4. The door was opened by Mrs Pitt. “Well, well, you’re just in time. I (make) some

cakes. And your father (have) breakfast.” 5. “Where is my daughter?” – “She (talk) to

a policeman.” – “What’s happened?” – “She (drive) without a license.” 6. “I hope

you (do) well?” – “Splendid. We (do) better ever since.” 7. “Hello,” she said. “I’m

glad you (have) lunch here. I (want) to talk to you.” 8. “We (stay) here nearly a

week.” – “I hope you (not/think) of leaving.” 9. “The girl (want) to see you, doctor.”

– “How long she (wait)?” 10. “What the children (do)?” – “They (play) games all

morning and now they (learn) to tell time by the position of the sun.”

7.11.9. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present Continuous or the Present

Perfect Continuous in the following pairs of sentences.

1. We are having a good laugh over everything.

We have been having a good laugh over everything.

2. I am doing it just this way.

I’ve been doing it just this way.

3. What is going on in here?

What has been going on in here?

4. He is saying funny things about you.

He has been saying funny things about you.

5. What are you doing?

What have you been doing?

7.11.10. Read the dialogue and comment on the use of the Present Continuous,

Present Perfect Continuous, Present Perfect and Future Perfect Tenses. Make up

dialogues in analogy using the word-combinations given below.

A: What are you doing?

B: I am writing a letter.

A: How long have you been writing it?

B: I have been writing it for half an hour.

138

A: Have you written it?

B: No, I haven’t.

A: When will you have finished it?

B: I think I will have finished it by twelve o’clock.

- to write a composition, to translate a text, to discuss a problem, to read an

article, to cook dinner, to learn the words, to pack things.

7.11.11. Translate the sentences into English using the Present Continuous or the

Present Perfect Continuous Tenses.

1. Мужчина у окна смотрит на нас. – Да, и что из этого? – Я его встречаю

в библиотеке в последнее время. 2. Куда ты так торопишься? – Мама ждет меня

у метро уже десять минут. 3. Вы читаете эту газету? 4. Которая из этих девушек

Аня? – На ней красное платье. 5. Я ношу эти туфли уже два года. Они очень

удобные. 6. Кого вы ждете? 7. Давно вы его ждете? 8. Что вы слушаете? 9. Она

преподает английский с прошлого года. 10. Она учит меня английскому языку.

7.11.12. Put the verb into the correct form, the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect

Continuous Tenses.

1. I’ve run (run) out of petrol. Can you lend me some?

2. You are out of breath. Have you been running (you/run)?

3. The secretary … (type) the letters you gave her but she … (not/finish) them

yet.

3. There’s sufficient light, you … (waste) electricity for nearly an hour.

4. Look! The child … (fall) asleep.

5. Open the window. Somebody … (smoke) here.

6. She … (do) the accounts all evening. But she … (go) home already.

7. He is a famous playwright. He … (complete) his seventh play.

139

7.11.13. Make up sentences using the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect

Continuous Tenses.

1. (She/clean/the flat/for two hours) – She has been cleaning the flat for two hours.

(She/do/two rooms/so far) – She has done two rooms so far.

2. (I/read/Pushkin’s prose/in the garden) ……………………………………………

(I/read/three of Belkin’s stories) ……………………………………………………..

3. (Mother/sew/since lunch)…………………………………………………………

(She/make/a dress for me) ………………………………………………………….

4. (My brother/ski/since childhood) ………………………………………………..

(He/take part/in many championships) ……………………………………………..

5. (Father/write/children poems/since he retired) …………………………………

(He/write/four books) ……………………………………………………………..

7.11.14. Put the verb into the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect Continuous

Tenses.

1. You (hear) the news? Tom and Ann are engaged! – That’s not new; I (know)

it for ages! 2. Mr Smith, you (whisper) to the student on your right for the last ten

minutes. You (help) him with his exam paper or he (help) you? 3. Why you (make)

such a horrible noise? – I (lose) my key and I (try) to wake my wife by throwing

stones at her window. – You (throw) stones at the wrong window. You live next

door. 4. He (hope) for a rise in salary for six months but he (not/dare) to ask for it yet.

5. I (try) to finish this letter for the last half-hour. I wish you’d go away or stop

talking. – I hardly (say) anything. 6. I (teach) hundreds of students but I never (meet)

such a hopeless class as this. 7. He (teach) in this school for five years. 8. I (work) for

him for ten years and he never once (say) “Good morning” to me. 9. Ever since he

came to us that man (try) to make trouble. 10. He (study) Russian for two years and

doesn’t even know the alphabet yet.

140

7.11.15. Put the verb into the Present Perfect or the Present Perfect Continuous

Tenses.

1. Many people believe that our climate (change) very markedly. 2. I (collect)

the pictures with bridges since I graduated from the University. Now I (collect)

enough to organize an interesting exhibition. 3. She (read) a fairy-tale to the children

since breakfast. They (not/finish) yet. 4. Those people (wait) for a tram for the last

fifteen minutes. 5. What (happen) to Mary? John (ring) her up the whole evening and

nobody (answer). 6. “You (come) out at last,” he said. “Well, I (stand) here long, and

(listen) to the nightingale.” 7. So, you (arrive). We just (speak) of you. 8. “Why you

(turn) off the music?” – “I (play) the records for hours; I’m tired now.” 9. I (try) to

catch the waiter’s attention for about 15 minutes now. 10. We (meet) before? 11. I

often (see) his name in the papers this year. 12. I (love) you ever since I first saw you.

13. I really don’t know what you (do) there all this time. 14. She (study) English for a

year and (learn) many words and expressions. 15. She (do) shaping since September

and her figure (improve) remarkably. 16. “My son is not a bad boy. But he is going

through a difficult phase.” – “He (go) through this difficult phase for fifteen years.”

7.11.16. Translate the sentences into English using the Present Perfect or the Present

Perfect Continuous Tenses.

1. Ты ведь слышала о Молли, да? – Я слышу о ней уже два года. 2. Ты

очень изменился в последнее время. 3. Они решали эту проблему целый месяц

и, наконец, решили. 4. Он только что продал две картины. – Ему повезло. Мой

муж рисует уже пять лет и еще не продал ни одной картины. 5. Я все утро

занимаюсь домашней работой и еще ничего не сделал. 6. Тот человек стоит на

автобусной остановке последние полчаса. 7. Мой муж собирает картины

современных художников с тех пор, как мы поженились. Он собрал уже так

много, что не знает, куда их повесить.

141


Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous Tenses.

1. He (run) now. He (run) for ten minutes without any rest. 2. It (snow) steadily

the whole week and it still (snow). 3. What they (do) now? – They (work) in the

reading-room. They (work) there for already three hours. 4. Where he (be) now? – He

(be) in the garden. He (play) volleyball with his friends. They (play) since breakfast

time. 5. We (climb) for six hours already, but we (not/reach) the top of the mountain

yet. 6. I (live) in St. Petersburg. I (live) in St. Petersburg since 1990. 7. The pain

already (go) but the child still (cry). 8. She already (do) her homework for two hours,

but she (not/yet/do) half of it. 9. I (wait) for you since two o’clock. 10. The workers

(work) very hard these two weeks, they (be) busy with the interior decoration of the

house. 11. What you (do)? – I (read). I (read) for already two hours. I already (read)

sixty pages. 12. This man (be) a writer. He (write) books. He (write) books since he

was a young man. He already (write) eight books. 13. He (work) at the language all

the time and (make) great progress. His pronunciation (be) rather good, only a slight

accent (remain). 14. What you (do) here since morning? 15. Lena (be) a very good

girl. She always (help) her mother about the house. Today she (help) her mother since

morning. They already (wash) the floor and (dust) the furniture. Now they (cook)

dinner together.


Perfect or Present Perfect Continuous Tenses.

1. He (finish) the first part of his book and now he (write) the second. He

(work) at his book for two years. 2. This is the factory where my father (work). He

(work) here for fifteen years. 3. You (find) your notebook? – No! I still (look) for it. I

already (look) for it for two hours, but (not/yet/find) it. 4. You (play) with a ball for

already three hours. Go home and do your homework. 5. Wake up! You (sleep) for

ten hours already. 6. I (wait) for a letter from my cousin for a month already, but

(not/yet/receive) it. 7. It is difficult for me to speak about this opera as I (not/hear) it.

8. I just (receive) a letter from my granny, but I (not/yet/receive) letters from my

142

parents. 9. The weather (be) fine today. The sun (shine) ever since we got up.

10. Why your hair (be) wet? You (swim)? 11. Every day I (wind) up my watch at 10

o’clock in the evening. 12. Come along, Henry, what you (do) now? I (wait) for you a

long time. 13. Doctors and scientists (show) recently the benefit of fish in the diet.

14. Where your gloves (be)? – I (put) them into my pocket.

7.11.19. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Continuous, the Present Simple,

the Past Simple, the Present Perfect and the Present Perfect Continuous Tenses.

1. Не (not/phone) him since he (arrive). 2. What (happen) to you since she

(leave)? 3. I (think) your daughter (become) а real beauty since I (see) her last.

4. What you (do) with the knife? The point is broken off. 5. For these last three years

I (save) nearly every penny for my trip to that country. 6. Well, dear, what you (do)

аll day long? You (look) tired. Come and sit here by the fire. 7. "Hello," he (say)

holding out his hand, "I' (look) for you for а long time. I never (have) the chance to

thank you for what you (do) for my brother. 8. You see, I (do) this kind of thing for

the last thirty years. 9. I (think) of it ever since Molly (tell) me about your decision to

go to sea. 10. You (live) here ever since you (leave) Canada? 11. Do come in and join

us. We (have) coffee and (watch) TV.

7.11.20. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Continuous, the Present Simple,

the Past Simple, the Present Perfect and the Present Perfect Continuous Tenses.

1. А.: I hear your brother … (come) back. Не … (be) in the East аll this time?

В.: No, he … (be) in Europe for the last year.

2. А.: I just … (be) to the cinema. You …(see) the last film by N. Mikhalkov?

В.: Yes.

А.: When you … (see) it?

В.: А week ago.

А.: Who you … (go) with?

143

В.: With Tanya.

3 .А.: I … (want) to go to Switzerland next winter.

В.: You … (discuss) with your mother?

А.: No, not yet, why?

В.: You … (ski) together for the last three years.

4. А.: I … (be) sorry, I … (give) so much trouble and now I … (ask) you to excuse

me.

В.: It … (be) true that you … (put) me to some inconvenience, but in the

circumstances I … (be) ready to accept your apology.

5. А.: There … (be) two gentlemen asking for you.

В.: Tell them, I … (not/be) in.

А.: They … (want) to know if you … (see) the accident yesterday.

В.: I … (hear) these questions all morning, I … (not/know) what to say. What you …

(think), they still … (wait)?

6. А.: You … (know), where George … (be)?

В.: Не and Fanny … (have) а friendly chat in the library.

А.: They … (be) old friends, … (not/be) they?

В.: Yes, they … (be) friends since childhood.

7. А.: The children … (return) yet?

В.: Yes, Tom Burton … (bring) them back in his car five minutes ago.

А.: Well, then we can have dinner now.

В.: No, we can't. I … (not/cook) it yet.

А.:What you … (do) аll this time?

В.: Worrying.

144

12. The Past Perfect Continuous Tense


I had been reading

He had been writing

I had not been reading

He had not been writing

Had I been reading?

Had he been writing?

The Past Perfect Continuous Tense употребляется:

1. для выражения длительного прошедшего действия, которое началось ранее

другого прошедшего действия, выраженного Past Simple, и еще продолжалось в

момент его совершения в прошлом:

When I came he had been sleeping for an hour.

I thought he had been sleeping since 3 o’clock.

2. для выражения длительного прошедшего действия, которое закончилось

непосредственно перед моментом наступления другого прошедшего действия:

He was tired when he came home as he had been playing football.

7.12.1. Explain the use of the Past Perfect Continuous Tense in the following

sentences.

1. He said that they had now been hunting hard for ten days. 2. She was aware

that they had been getting on each other’s nerves greatly. 3. He said frankly that he

had been thinking about the offer for a long time now but he hadn’t discussed it

with his wife yet. 4. I told him I had been in all evening. I had been waiting to talk

with him. 5. I was happy that ever since Max moved in here, the place had been

ringing with laughter. 6. Alice threw down the book she had been holding since she

came into the room. 7. They had been driving for half an hour before Blair spoke.

8. He went to the theater to see the play which had been running for a week.

9. When she came there to act as a governess, the children had been running wild

for a year. 10. It had been freezing for the last few days but it had not snowed.

7.12.2. Make up sentences using the words in brackets.

1. You came home. Your children were watching television.

145

(they/not/do/any work) – They hadn’t been doing any work.

2. Brother and sister came home with angry faces.

(they/quarrel/on the way home) ………………………………………………

3. There was nobody in the flat. But a delicious smell of fresh bread was in the air.

(Mother/bake bread) …………………………………………………

4. Mary closed her eyes. She felt very tired.

(she/read/too long) ……………………………………………………………

5. You came home from a party. You were nearly dropping on your feet.

(you/dance/all night) ………………………………………………………

6. When I looked at my typewriter, I saw a sheet of paper in it.

(somebody/use/my typewriter) ………………………………………………

7.12.3. Make up sentences.

1. I started on my journey. After an hour a tyre went flat.

I had been driving for an hour when a tyre went flat.

2. The lecturer began to speak. After 15 minutes the dean came in.

The lecturer ………………………for 15 minutes when ………………………..

3. Larry had arranged to meet Amy at her hotel in London. He had lost the address

but he thought it was the Savoy. So he went there. After half an hour waiting he

realized that he had been mistaken.

Larry …………………………………when …………………………………….

4. My grandfather went to work in America in 1943. Two years later the war ended.

My grandfather ……………………………..when………………………………….

7.12.4. Put the verb in brackets into the Past Perfect Continuous Tense.

1. Clouds (gather) all day and now rain came down. 2. “I’m coming all right,”

said Mr Dilinger, who (shiver) for the last ten minutes. 3. I realized that he had come

away with me in order to discuss once more what he already (discuss) for hours with

his sister-in-law. 4. I slowly released a breath and only then realized that I (hold) it

for some time.

146

7.12.5. Answer the questions using the Past Perfect Continuous or the Past Simple

Tenses.

1. Did you work at your English yesterday? – Yes, I did.

How long had you been working at your English before you went for a walk?

(for an hour) I had been working at my English for an hour.

2. Did it rain yesterday? …………………………………………………

How long had it been raining when you left home?

(for 3 hours) ……………………………………………………………

3. Did she work at the University before she retired? ………………………

How long had she been working there before she retired?

(for 25 years) ……………………………………………………………

4. Did they study French before they went to France? ………………………

How long had they been studying it before they went there?

(for 5 years) …………………………………………………………………

5. Did the children walk in the wood in the morning? ………………………

How long had they been walking before you called them back?

(for 2 hours) ………………………………………………………………

6. Did you stay at the hotel when you were in London? ………………………

How long had you been living there when Jane arrived?

(for a fortnight) ……………………………………………………………

7.12.6. Put the verb in brackets into the Past Perfect Continuous, Past Simple or Past

Perfect Tenses.

1. When I (leave) home the snow already (stop). 2. It (be) 6 p.m. and Jack (be)

tired because he (work) hard all day. 3. He clearly (listen) to our conversation and I

(wonder) how much he (hear). 4. She (say) she (teach) at this school for twenty years.

5. He (say) he just (finish) the book he (read) all this time. 6. The postman (come)

after lunch and (bring) me a letter which I (expect) for a long time. 7. It (rain) since

the morning, and the fields (be) quite muddy.

147

7.12.7. Put the verb into the correct form, the Past Perfect Continuous or the Past

Continuous Tenses.

1. Their swimming-suits were wet. – They had been swimming.

2. She was in the swimming-pool. – She was swimming.

3. The boy was leaning against the tree, out of breath. He … (run) very fast.

4. He came into the room. His parents stopped talking. They … (talk) about

him.

5. She came into the room. Her husband was at his desk. He … (write).

6. When the newly weds arrived at the restaurant, their guests … (wait) for

them. They felt rather hungry because they … (wait) for a long time.

7. Julia … (stand) at the bus stop for twenty minutes when Ivy drove up and

got out of the car.

7.12.8. Put the verb into the Past Perfect, the Past Perfect Continuous, the Past

Continuous or Past Simple Tenses.

1. When I (get) home that evening, my little son (eat) dinner himself for the

first time. 2. He just (leave) for the airport when I (call). 3. “Who are you thinking

of?” he (ask) after he (look) at me for a few seconds. 4. When we went to see them

last night, they (play) chess. They (say) they (play) since 6 o’clock. 5. She felt chilly

after she (swim) for an hour. 6. They told me that Steve still (swim). 7. The boys

(play) football and (not/hear) their mother calling them from the window. 8. The boys

were tired because they (play) football. 9. We (work) in silence for some time when

John spoke. 10. He (look) at the fire and (think) of something. 11. He (look) at the

fire for some time and then (turn) his face to me; it (be) sad. 12. At last I (find) the

book, which I (look) for all day. 13. He asked me what I (look) for. 14. When I

(enter) the room, Mr George (talk) in a loud voice. 15. They told me that Mr George

just (talk) about me.

148

7.12.9. Open the brackets and use the Past Simple, Past Continuous, Past Perfect or

Past Perfect Continuous Tenses.

1. When he (arrive), I (live) in Moscow for a week. 2. We (drive) for some

hours before we (realize) that we (lose) our way. 3. His parents (speak) while he

(eat). 4. Yesterday by 4 o’clock I (leave) for London. 5. Yesterday I (leave) for

Moscow. 6. The day before yesterday at 2 o’clock I (write) the composition. 7. The

day before yesterday for two hours I (write) the composition. 8. When my friend

(come), I (make up) for an hour. 9. The dean-office (close) by the time I (get) there.

10. I (drive) when I (hear) the news on the radio. 11. They always (have) loud parties

which (go on) till the early hours. 12. The concert was a great success. When the

pianist (finish) his part, the audience (applaud) the orchestra for some minutes.

13. When Mike (phone) his girl-friend, she (write) a letter. 14. No sooner I

(complain) that I (not/hear) from them for a long time than the letter (come).

7.12.10. Translate the sentences into English using the appropriate tenses.

1. Вечером он, как обычно, читал газету, когда зазвонил телефон. 2. Она

положила книгу, которую читала уже два часа, и встала из-за стола.

3. Прошлым летом я посетила места, где провела все свое детство. 4. Когда он

вернулся, мы постарались сделать вид, что мы говорили не о нем. 5. Он сказал,

что не писал мне, потому что все это время он работал над новой пьесой. 6. Она

сказала, что не видела его с тех пор, как он закончил школу и уехал из города.

7. Когда я смотрел рекламу по телевизору прошлой ночью, я увидел Софи

Брент. Я не видел ее уже несколько месяцев. Она рекламировала новый

шоколад. 8. Мэри нашла старую шляпу и теперь примеряла ее. 9. Он позвонил в

офис, как только добрался до дома. 10. Она смеялась до тех пор, пока из ее глаз

не покатились слезы.

149

13. The Future Perfect Continuous Tense


I will have been reading

He will have been writing

I will not have been

reading

He will not have been

writing

Will I have been reading?

Will he have been

writing?

The Future Perfect Continuous Tense употребляется для выражения

длительного будущего действия, которое начнется ранее другого будущего

действия или момента и будет еще продолжаться в этот момент:

By the next August she will have been teaching English for 30 years.

7.13.1. Put the verb in brackets into the Future Perfect Continuous Tense.

1. Ву the end of this month we (learn) this language for ten years. 2. When my

daughter goes to school we (live) here for over five years. 3. When the new century

begins, they (reconstruct) this church for nearly 25 years. 4. If nobody stops him, he

(grumble) for hours. 5. We can get there at 7 at the earliest. They will be painting the

fence. If we arrive at 8.30, they (paint) it for 3 hours at least; and if we come at 9.30,

they will have probably finished the work.


1. К концу года я буду жить в городе уже пять лет. 2. К тому времени, как

дети вернуться из школы, мама будет уже час работать в саду. 3. К тому

времени, как он окончит университет, его родители проработают в Южной

Африке два года. 4. Мы будем рекламировать эти товары несколько месяцев к

тому времени, как они появятся на рынке. 5. На будущий год к этому времени

она будет изучать французский язык уже два года. 6. К тому времени, когда она

приедет, я уже буду жить здесь в течение трех лет. 7. К тому времени, как ты

вернешься, я буду писать уже третий портрет. 8. Сколько времени они будут

показывать этот фильм, пока ты не привезешь новый?

150

14. The Revision of Tenses

7.14.1. Open the brackets using the verbs in the appropriate tense.

1. Where is your luggage? – I (leave) it at the station. I (take) it tomorrow when

Nick (come) to help me. 2. We (walk) in silence. He already (tell) me all that (be)

interesting about himself, and I (have) nothing to tell him. 3. The moon (not/rise) yet,

and two stars, like two distant lighthouses, (shine) in the dark blue sky. 4. Yesterday I

(buy) a new pair of gloves, as I (lose) the old ones. 5. What you (do) these three

months? 6. You ever (act) on the stage? 7. I (read) about an hour when he (come).

8. The play (not/yet/begin) and the people (talk) in the hall. 9. One night a little

swallow (fly) over the city. His friends (fly) away to Egypt six weeks before, but he

(stay) behind. 10. When I (leave) home, the snow already (stop), but a strong wind

(blow). 11. You (read) this book? 12. When I (come) to his house, they (tell) me that

he (leave) an hour before.


1. On checking up his answers he (find) out that he (make) several mistakes.

2. When you (see) him last? 3. I (meet) him when he (walk) across the park. 4. What

the children (do) now? – Oh, they (play) the new table game which I (buy) for them

the day before yesterday. 5. They (reach) the corner of the street by now and (stand)

at the bus stop. 6. He (begin) to write his composition at three o’clock. It is already

eleven, and he still (write) it. He says he (finish) it by twelve. 7. After we (walk)

about two hours, we arrived at a picturesque glade covered with fresh grass. 8. We

could not go out because it (rain) hard since early morning. 9. You (be) late for the

concert if you (not/take) a taxi. 10. Don’t enter the room! The child (sleep) there, and

he always (wake) when somebody (open) the door. 11. What you (do) when I (come)

in?


1. She (teach) at our school for twenty years now. 2. Ring me up as soon as you

(come) home. 3. We (help) our librarian to put the books in the right order for already

151

three days, but we (arrange) only half the books. 4. The first person whom Andrew

(see) as he (enter) was his old nurse. She (sit) on the sofa. During the last five years

she greatly (change) and now (look) a very old woman. 5. Ring me up at eleven

o’clock, I (not/yet/sleep). 6. The sun (set) a long time ago, and it (begin) to get really

cold. 7. She is going to read the letter she just (receive). 8. How long you (wait) for

me? – I am really very sorry. 9. Yesterday I (meet) a friend of mine whom I (not/see)

for a long time. 10. If you (ring) me up tomorrow, I (tell) you all about it. 11. When I

(come) home yesterday, my sister already (return) and (sit) at the fireplace looking

through some old photographs.


1. He (smoke) three cigarettes and (look) through all the books on the shelf,

when at last he (hear) his friend’s steps approaching the door. 2. When the mother

(justisfy) herself that the children (sleep) peacefully in their beds, she (take) out the

Christmas presents and carefully (put) them into the stockings which (hang) at the

beds. 3. He just (approach) the door, when she (enter). 4. He (write) the composition

for three hours and he (say) he soon (finish) it as he (think) over the conclusion now.

5. Light (travel) more quickly than sound. 6. Peter (read) by the fireplace when the

door (open) and the maid (enter). The cook (follow) her.


1. The lesson (not/yet/begin), and the children (talk) loudly in the corridor. 2. I

(live) in St. Petersburg since 1992. 3. The students (write) the papers by dinner-time.

4. They (sail) down the river for many hours before they (come) to the village. 5. By

the fifteenth of January the students (pass) all the examinations. 6. The message

(arrive) five minutes after he (leave) the house. 7. It (be) nearly eleven o’clock when

we (begin) doing this work. 8. At last the reply from my grandmother (come), and my

mother (tell) me that she (come) soon. 9. The rain (stop) by the time we (reach)

home. 10. Last night he (finish) the book which he (begin) writing a year ago.

152

11. Here you (be) at last! I (wait) for you for twenty minutes. You (not/be) ashamed?

12. I (not/be) to my home town for five years.


1. Go to see your old grandfather as soon as you (arrive) in Novgorod. 2. At

last the librarian (give) me the book which I (wait) for during two months. I was very

glad. I (go) home and (begin) reading it at once. 3. He (leave) for Rostov in 1990 and

since then he (live) there. 4. He said he (listen) to the same stories for a long time.

5. How many paged you (translate) for today? 6. By the end of the evening he

(translate) ten pages. 7. You always (spend) summer at the seaside? – Yes, as a rule.

Last summer I (go) to the mountains, but I (not/find) the rest there as pleasant as near

the sea. 8. Don’t speak to him: he (be) very busy, he (do) some very urgent work. 9. I

did not want him to go there: I (be) afraid that something (happen). 10. When they

returned, they (tell) us many interesting things which they (see) during their journey.

11. The children (play) here at eleven o’clock, but now they (go) home. 12. I

(not/yet/fall) asleep when the telephone (ring). 13. When he (read) the newspaper, he

(give) it to his brother.


1. I did not notice that my watch (stop), and when I (arrive) at the station, my

train (leave) and I (have) to ask when the next train (come). 2. He (wait) for fifteen

minutes when at last he (see) her at the end of the platform. 3. When I (leave) home,

it (rain). 4. By the end of the year he (read) about two hundred pages. 5. We were

happy when the sun (rise), for the night (be) very cold. 6. Where you (put) my

dictionary? I can not find it anywhere. 7. What you (do) from six till nine yesterday?

8. What you (do) here? – I (prepare) for my report. – How long you (prepare) for it? –

Oh, I (work) since morning. 9. He (teach) at school for five years when the war

(break) out. 10. She (study) English since last year. 11. What you (read)? – I (read) a

very interesting book. I (read) it for half an hour already. 12. Yesterday father (come)

late. We (do) all our homework and (drink) tea when he (come). 13. Our teacher

153

(come). Now he (speak) with our monitor. 14. They (speak) when I (look) at them.

15. I (walk) about an hour when I (see) a little house not far from the river.


1. At this time tomorrow we (discuss) your report. 2. Where is Nick? – He

(not/be) at home, he (go) to the cinema. Wait for him, he (come) in half an hour.

3. She (live) in Moscow for ten years when her sister (come) to live with her. 4. It

was very late. I (go) to bed and (fall) asleep when my father (return) home. 5. I’ll join

you when I (drink) my tea. 6. What your friend (do) now? – She (have) dinner. She

usually (have) dinner at this time. 7. You ever (be) to London? – Yes, I (be) there last

summer. 8. When I (come), he (live) in the same old house where I first (meet) him.

He (tell) me he (wait) for me for already some time. 9. Now she (read) the book

which I (give) her yesterday. 10. So you begin working tomorrow! And who (take)

care of your children when you (go) to work? 11. Five minutes (not/pass) when the

train for which we (wait) (appear) in the distance. 12. When Mrs. Smith (come) home

yesterday, she (see) that her daughter (cook) supper and (wait) for her with the table

laid. 13. The pupils (do) a lot of exercises before they (learn) to write dictations well.

14. Hello, Peter! When you (go)? – I (go) to the library. 15. On entering the drawing-

room he (find) that his two friends (get) up and (wait) for him. 16. The sportsmen

(train) since early morning; now they (go) over the high jump, as they (not/be)

satisfied with their results. 17. I (buy) a new dress. I (show) it to you tomorrow when

you (to come) to my place.


1. I could not hear a sound: they (stop) talking. 2. When we (come) to the

station, the train already (arrive). The passengers (hurry) to occupy their seats in the

carriages. 3. The young people entered the theatre. The performance already (begin),

and they (have) to wait till the first act (be) over. Nina never (be) here before and she

(like) the theatre very much. 4. Ann (leave) the house fifteen minutes before we

(come). 5. I decided not to put on my raincoat as it (stop) raining already and the sun

154

(shine) brightly. 6. I did not recognize Helen as I (not/see) her for a very long time

and she greatly (change). 7. The sight of the school building brought back the old

days to us. Here we (spend) many years together. We (learn) to read and write; here

we (experience) our first joys and sorrows. We recollected our first day at school,

how we (come) to our first lesson looking alarmed and excited. 8. The concert (be) a

greater success than we (expect). We were very glad. 9. When the teacher told the

boy to recite the poem, boy (burst) into tears: he (not/remember) anything, though he

(try) to learn his lesson so hard. 10. Jane usually works in the library. She (work)

there now. She already (gather) the necessary material and now she (write) her report.

11. I was anxious to see the place where I (spend) my childhood.


1. He (tell) me that if no one (come) to meet me at the station, I (can) leave the

suit-cases in the cloak-room and go to the hotel where he (reserve) a room for me.

2. He (ask) me to tell you that he (come) again) tonight. 3. You (read) “The murder of

Roger Ackroyd” by Agatha Chistie? – No, I (not/yet/read) it. But I (hear) that it (be) a

very interesting book. I (read) it as soon as I (get) it. 4. Lanny (return) home after

seven years of absence. During these seven years he (study) in Cape Town where his

people (send) him. Lanny was glad at the thought that he (do) what they (hope) he

(do) and that soon he (be) among his people again. 5. When the train (stop), I (look)

out of the window but (not/see) any of my friends there. I (send) them a telegram and

(hope) that they (meet) me. As I (discover) later, they (receive) it ten minutes before

the train arrived and could not meet me. 6. We were greatly surprised not to find Ann

at home. It turned out that her sister (forget) to give her our message, and Ann (leave)

the house fifteen minutes before we (come). 7. When we (come) to the station, our

train already (leave), and we (have) to wait for two hours before another one (come).

8. Victor (ask) me to explain the new rule to him, as he (miss) the previous lesson.

9. John Gray (visit) Russia in 1989 and (not/be) here since that time.

155

7.14.11. Translate into English using the appropriate tenses.

1. Она много путешествует. Летом она ездила во Францию. Она уже

вернулась в Москву. 2. Ты читал поэмы Байрона? — Да, мы читали их в

прошлом году. — Тебе они нравятся? 3. Ты играешь на пианино? Послушай,

Джон играет. Он всегда играет хорошо. 4. Когда мы были в Крыму, мы часами

гуляли в горах. 5. Какую книгу ты сейчас читаешь? — Я не читаю книг, я

люблю газеты и журналы. 6. Я не видел его в последнее время. — А я только

что встретил его. Он шел в библиотеку. 7. Ты часто ходишь в кино? — Нет, я не

был в кино с лета. 8. Я купила это платье 3 года назад. Оно было очень

дешевое. Цены сейчас растут. 9. Тебе купить билеты в театр? — Нет, спасибо.

Мама уже купила. Мы идем в театр завтра. 10. Ты будешь свободна сегодня

вечером? — Нет, я встречаюсь со своей подругой в 7.


1. Ты сейчас делаешь эту работу? — Да, но я только что ее начал. 2. В

последнее время он не заходил в наш магазин. Я знаю, что он покупает

продукты в этом магазине. Он стал очень важным. 3. Ты ездил за город в эти

выходные? — Нет, мы были очень заняты. Мы убирали дом. 4. Я еще не

приготовила обед. — Тебе помочь? — Да, спасибо. Гости приходят в 7. 5. Где

ты был вчера? Мы искали тебя весь вечер. — Я сидел дома. 6. Ты позвонишь

мне? — Конечно, я ведь всегда звоню тебе по вечерам. 7. Ты знаешь этого

человека? — Да, я встречала его до войны, но я не видела его с тех пор. 8. Я

думаю, тебе понравится это платье. — О, я мечтала о нем весь год. 9. Я хочу

пригласить Джима на обед. — Я уже пригласила его. — Ты мне вчера сказала

об этом. 10. Я часто встречаю этого человека. Вот и сейчас он идет по улице.


1. Вы когда-нибудь бывали в Париже? — Да, я был там в прошлом году.

Я часто езжу во Францию. 2. Когда уехала Мэри? — Она уехала до того, как вы

позвонили. Она ждала вас целый час. 3. Мы уже встречались. — Когда мы

156

встречались? — Я не помню. — По-моему, мы встречались 3 года назад. 4. Мы

обедали, когда Джон пришел. Он не хотел обедать с нами. Он сказал, что уже

пообедал. Он ел в 5, а мы всегда обедаем в 7. 5. Чем он занимается? — Он

играет в теннис. Он играет очень хорошо. Сейчас он играет во Франции.

6. Вчера, когда я выходил из офиса, шел дождь. У меня не было зонта. Я не

заметил, что начался дождь. 7. Он закончил работу до того, как мы пришли.

8. Эксперимент будет закончен к концу следующей недели.


1. Он пишет книгу. — Он уже закончил работу? — Да, он закончил ее на

прошлой неделе. 2. Что вы здесь делаете? — Я жду своего друга. Он работает в

этом институте. 3. Дождь еще не прекратился, когда мы вышли из дома. Дождь

шел целый день. 4. Он студент? — Да, он учится в нашем институте. Он

работал на нашем заводе до того, как поступил в наш институт. Сейчас он не

работает. 5. Вы часто ходите в театр? — Я люблю театр, но в прошлом году я

не ходил в театр. Я болел. Вы видели эту новую пьесу? 6. Вы поедете в Москву

на следующей неделе? — Я не знаю. Я жду очень важное письмо из Москвы.

7. Моя сестра еще не спала, когда я встал. — Вы встаете рано? Когда

начинается ваш рабочий день? 8. Не приходите завтра в 2: я буду стирать. —

Когда я могу прийти? — Мы обычно пьем чай в 5. Вы хотите зайти в 5?


1. В Англии часто идет дождь? — Да, когда мы приехали, шел дождь. —

А мы приехали до того, как начались дожди. — А вы когда-нибудь бывали в

Лондоне? — Да, я посетил Лондон в прошлом году. 2. Вы поедете в Крым? —

Нет, сейчас я много работаю. Мы всегда ездим в Крым осенью.— А я никогда

не был там. Мы поедем туда в следующем году. 3. Бабушка звонила вчера, не

так ли? — Да, она говорила целый час. — Что она сказала?— Она спросила,

придешь ли ты к ней завтра. 4. Ты был вчера на стадионе? — Да, там было

много народу. — Ты любишь футбол? 5. Он ушел, когда я работал, и сказал,

157

что придет в 6. Я уже выполнил всю работу, когда он пришел. 6. Мы уже ждали

несколько часов, когда поезд, наконец, прибыл. 7. Завтра в это же время мы уже

будем плыть на пароходе (sail).


1. У вас есть собака? — Да, друзья подарили мне собаку на прошлый день

рождения.— Какая это собака? 2. Я поужинал и начал читать книгу. Мой друг

дал мне эту книгу неделю назад. — Baм нравится эта книга? Я ее еще не читал.

3. Где он работает? — Он сейчас не работает. Он студент. Он работал на заводе

до того, как поступил в институт. 4. Он обычно играет в теннис очень хорошо,

но сегодня он играет плохо. А вы играете е теннис? — Я играл, когда был

студентом. 5. Ты встретил ее вчера? — Я опоздал. Когда я пришел, поезд уже

ушел. 6. Вы уже видели этот фильм? — Да, я видела его на прошлой неделе. —

Вы пойдете со мной в кино завтра? 7. Когда я пришел домой, они смотрели

телевизор. Они всегда смотрят телевизор вечером. А я не люблю смотреть

телевизор. 8. Где вы были вчера? Что вы делали в пять часов? — Я работал.

158

UNIT 8. THE PASSIVE VOICE

TENSE ACTIVE PASSIVE EXAMPLE

S

I

M

P

L

E

Present

Past

Future

ask(s)

asked

will ask

am asked

is asked

are asked

was asked

were asked

will be asked

He asks/

He is asked

Он

спрашивает/

Его

спрашивают

C

O

N

T

I

N

U

O

U

S

Present

Past

Future

am asking

is asking

are asking

was asking

were asking

will be asking

am being asked

is being asked

are being asked

was being asked

were being

asked

-----

He is asking/

He is being

asked

Он сейчас

спрашивает/

Его сейчас

спрашивают

P

E

R

F

E

C

T

Present

Past

Future

have asked

has asked

had asked

will have

asked

have been asked

has been asked

had been asked

will have been

asked

He has asked/

He has been

asked

Он уже

спросил/

Его уже

спросили

159

Глагол в страдательном залоге означает, что действие направлено на

предмет или лицо, выраженное подлежащим:

Ann is often asked questions.

Страдательный залог употребляется в следующих случаях:

1. когда действующее лицо неизвестно, не упоминается по какой-либо причине

или не представляет интереса для говорящего:

My article was published yesterday.

Rome wasn’t built in a day.

2. в конструкциях с формальным подлежащим it:

It is said she refused the invitation.

3. с глаголами, которые могут иметь два дополнения – прямое и косвенное: to

tell, to give, to offer, to show, to leave, to promise, to send. Эти глаголы могут

иметь две пассивные конструкции:

Ann wasn’t offered a job.

The job wasn’t offered to Ann.

8.1. State the type of the passive constructions in the following sentences.

1. A lot of rice is eaten in Asia. 2. These houses were built 25 years ago.

3. Our class will be taught by another teacher next year. 4. He said that our class

would be taught by another teacher next year. 5. Lions and tigers can be seen in

Zoos. 6. He spoke very clearly; he could be heard by everyone. 7. This letter must

be answered at once. 8. When he was in hospital, he had to be fed; he couldn’t eat

himself. 9. The books may be kept for two weeks. After that they must be returned

to the library. 10. The librarian said that books might be kept for two weeks. 11. The

little girl has been very ill and the doctor says she mustn’t go to school, so she is

being taught at home. 12. I couldn’t use my car last week, it was being repaired.

13. This room hasn’t been swept for a fortnight. 14. He said the newspaper had

been thrown away. 15. He promised that by the end of the year the construction

would have been completed.

160

8.2. Put the following sentences into the Passive Voice.

1. People speak much of him. He is much spoken about.

2. They will look after the children well. The children will be looked after

well.

3. People will laugh at you if you say it. ………………………………………

4. They sent for the doctor immediately. ………………………………………

5. Everybody listened to her attentively. ………………………………………

6. They always wait for me after the lessons. …………………………………

7. Nobody took notice of this little boy. ……………………………………..

8. Everybody lost sight of the boat in the fog. ………………………………..

9. Why are they laughing at her? ………………………………………………

10. I wonder whether they will listen to him. …………………………………

11. Students often refer to these books. ………………………………………..

12. Nobody has ever spoken to me in such a way. ……………………………

8.3. Express the following sentences in the passive. Do not mention the subjects of the

active verbs.

1. Tom asked Mary her telephone number. Mary was asked her telephone number.

2. Someone told us а very funny story yesterday. We were told a very funny story

yesterday.

3. The people gave him а hearty welcome. …………………………………………..

4 They have offered my brother а very good job. ………………………………….

5. The house agents showed us some very nice flats. …………………………………

6. The secretary didn’t tell me the exact time of my appointment. ……………………

7. The judge will give him а fair trial. ………………………………………………

8. They have never taught that rude bоу good manners. …………………………….

9. The teacher hasn't asked Peter any questions at this lesson. ……………………

10. People wished the newly married couple а long and happy life. …………………

161

11. They never tell me the family news. …………………………………………….

12. The examiners didn’t give us enough time to answer all the questions.

……………………………………………………………………………………….

8.4. Put the verbs in brackets into Past Simple or Past Continuous Passive.

1. A beautiful melody (play). A beautiful melody was being played.

2. The student (ask) to tell the story again. The student was asked to tell the story

again.

3. Such mistakes … (make) by even the best students.

4. A modern tune … (play) when we came into the hall.

5. The houses … (build) of stone, brick and wood.

6. At last the problem … (solve) to everyone’s satisfaction.

7. A special rule … (make) for students to be taken to the University.

8. Last Sunday he … (meet) at the railway station.

9. When Tom was young, he … (teach) two languages.

10. Every morning the workers … (tell) what they had to do.

8.5. Put the following sentences into the Passive Voice.

1. They often invite me to their parties. 2. People speak English in different

parts of the world. 3. One uses milk for making butter. 4. They build a lot of new

houses in this district every year. 5. They built this house in 1950. 6. Somebody

locked the front door. 7. Someone broke my pen last night. 8. They punished the boy

for that. 9. They finished their work in time. 10. People will forget it very soon.

11. They will translate this book next year. 12. They will tell you when to come.

13. Where will they build a new library? 14. Someone will ask him about it. 15. No

one has seen him anywhere this week. 16. Somebody has invited her to the party.

17. They have done all the exercises in written form. 18. They had done everything

before we came. 19. I thought they had already sent the letter. 20. Somebody had

informed him of the news before they announced it. 21. They are constructing some

new metro lines now.

162

8.6. Write the sentences in the Passive Voice.

1. (my sister/operate on/a distiguished surgeon) My sister will be operated on by a

distiguished surgeon.

2. (I/wake up/at 7 o’clock/my mother) I was woken up at 7 o’clock by my mother.

3. (the envelope/find/on my desk) ……………………………………………

4. (this book/buy/a week ago) ………………………………………………

5. (the picture/paint/great artist) ……………………………………………

6. (the letter/post/tomorrow) …………………………………………………

7. (your report/discuss/next week) …………………………………………

8. (the letter/bring/recently) ……………………………………………………

9. (this cup/break/my little brother) …………………………………………

10. (his lecture/listen to/with great interest) ……………………………………

8.7. Read the situation and write a sentence. Use the words in brackets.

1. He seldom keeps his promise. (he/can/rely on) He can’t be relied on.

2. She’s very sensitive. (she/not/like/to laugh at) She doesn’t like to be laughed at.

3. The child is very ill. (the doctor/send for) …………………………………

4. The old car is in excellent condition. (it/look after/well) …………………

5. He was speaking for two hours. (he/listen to/in silence) ……………………

6. He’s a sensible man. (his advice/listen to/carefully) ………………………

7. The dentist said her teeth were very bad. (they/take care of) ………………

8. The town is in ruin. (it/destroy/earthquake) …………………………………

9. It is difficult to do. (it/more easier/do/machine) …………………………

10. The guests ate all the sandwiches, and drank all the lemonade. (nothing/leave)

………………………………………………………………………………………..

8.8. Open the brackets, using the correct form in the Passive Voice.

English nowdays (consider) the most popular language in the world. It is the

official language of the U. K., of the USA and of Australia and New Zealand. It (use)

as one of the official languages in Canada, the Union of South Africa, and the Irish

163

Republic. It also (speak) as a second language by many people in India, Pakistan, and

numerous countries in Africa.


1. Festivals of folk songs (attend) by a lot of people annually. 2. The translation

(do) tomorrow? – I hope, it will. 3. When the play (stage)? – It (stage) last year.

4. Thousands of foreign guests (invite) every year to attend the Winter Music Festival

in Moscow. 5. Young people from many foreign countries (teach) in Moscow

University. 6. He (elect) the Prime Minister last year. 7. The country (govern) by the

Parliament. 8. I’m sure a lot of questions (discuss) at the conference. 9. Do you know

why the “White House” is white? The story I (tell) is that in 1812 when England was

at war with America, the British captured the city, and some of the buildings,

including the Capitol and the house of the President (set) on Fire. In 1814, in order to

hide the marks of the fire, the brown stone walls of the President’s home (paint)

white – and it has been the “White House” ever since. 10. It is easy to find your way

about in New York, it (lay) out regularly. The streets (well-plan). The streets running

north and south (call) “Avenues” and (number), for example, 1st Avenue,2nd Avenue,

etc., the streets going east and west (call) “Streets” and also (number).


1. Six public holidays (celebrate) in Great Britain. 2. Song festivals (hold) in

Wales every year. 3. Many social customs (connect) with the celebration of

Christmas in Great Britain. 4. A big Christmas tree (put up) in Trafalgar Square a

week ago. 5. The Christmas tree (decorate) brightly by the children tonight. 6. On

Boxing Day children and other members of the family (give) presents. 7. Easter

Peace Marches always (organize) in many European countries. 8. He (elect) President

three years ago. 9. London (devide) into two parts by the river Thames. 10. The

financial and business part of London (call) “the City”.

164

8.11. Answer the questions.

1. By what seas is Great Britain washed? 2. What is it separated by from the

Continent? 3. What are the parts of Great Britain called? 4. By whom is the British

Government headed? 5. Whom are the laws in Great Britain made of? 6. How are the

members of the House of Commons elected? 7. What places of interest in London are

most visited by the tourists? 8. How often is the U. S. President elected? 9. Is

Australia often visited by tourists from other continents? 10. What language is spoken

in Canada?


1. I am not wearing my black shoes today. They (mend). 2. This сору (not

read). The pages (not cut). 3. Why the car (not lock) or (put) into the garage? 4. The

damaged ship (tow) into harbor when the towline broke. 5. This room (use) only on

special occasions. 6. Bicycles must not (leave) in the hall. 7. Не was taken to hospital

this afternoon, and (operate on) tomorrow morning. 8. It was а lonely road, and the

girl was afraid; she thought she (follow). 9. The paintings (exhibit) till the end of the

month. 10. The little girl is an only child and she (spoil) by her parents and

grandparents. 11. Normally this street (sweep) every day, but it (not/sweep)

yesterday. 12. It was very cold yesterday afternoon, but we couldn't light а fire in the

sitting room; the chimney (sweep). 13. This purse (to leave) in а classroom yesterday,

it (find) by the cleaner. 14. Thousands of new houses (build) every year. 15. When I

saw the car, it (drive) at over fifty miles an hour. 16. This room (not use) for ages.

17. The children are very excited this morning. They (take) to the circus this

afternoon. 18. Му keys (return) to me; they (pick up) in the street. 19. Dogs must

(keep) on leads in the gardens. 20. Dictionaries may not (use) at the examination.

165

8.13. Put the sentences into Passive Voice.

Example: Mother waters the flowers in the evening. – The flowers are watered in the

evening by mother.

1. A marble pavilion protects the house. 2. You can buy videos like this one

anywhere. 3. The boys will paint the roof of the house. 4. Her daughter gave her three

beautiful dishes as a birthday present. 5. Tom gave Nick a book for his birthday.

6. They have proved that there is no life on the moon. 7. Our mother tells us stories

every evening. 8. Lydia will show you a new book of pictures. 9. A boy showed her

the way. 10. Someone has to write the history of the European Community one day.

11. Someone has already written the history of the European Community. 12. When

we arrived home, we found that someone had broken one of our windows. 13. They

will send us a box of fruit. 14. Five or six small children followed them. 15. They

owe a lot of money to the bank. 16. In summer the boys often drive the horses to the

fields. 17. Ivan Susanin led the Poles into the thickest part of the forest. 18. The

waves carried the boat away. 19. We shall do the translation in the evening. 20. They

water the flowers regularly. 21. You promised me these books long ago. 22. They

have sold their car to pay their debts. 23. Irene’s husband brought her some beautiful

shells from the south. 24. The explorers gave the newspaper reporters a long

interview. 25. Mr. Wilson will teach you English. 26. They hold a meeting in the

village hall once a week. 27. The doctor ordered me a month’s rest from studying.

8.14. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form, Active or Passive.

A. The six ravens (keep) in the Tower of London now for centuries. They used

to come in from Essex for food cracks when the Tower (use) as a palace. Over the

years people (think) that if ravens ever left the Tower, the monarchy would fall. So

Charles II (decree) that six ravens should always (keep) in the Tower and should

(pay) a wage from the treasury. Sometimes they (live) as long as 25 years but their

wings (clip) so they can’t fly away, and when a raven (die), another raven (bring)

from Essex.

166

B. The ceremony of Trooping the Color (be) one of the most fascinating. It

(stage) in front of Buckingham Palace. It (hold) annually on the monarch’s “official”

birthday which is the second Saturday in June. Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II (be)

Colonel-in Chief of the Life Guards. She (escort) by Horse Guards riding to the

Parade. The ceremony (accompony) by the music and band. The procession (head) by

the Queen.

8.15. Translate the sentences into English using Passive Voice.

1. Все картины, которые вы здесь видите, написаны одним художником.

2. Эта история давно забыта всеми. 3. Моего брата посылают в командировку.

Сейчас он готовится к отъезду. 4. Работа будет закончена в срок. 5. За доктором

послали? Сделайте это как можно скорее. У ребенка высокая температура.

6. Эта книга была написана до того, как автор стал знаменитым. 7. Сотни новых

домов будут построены к концу этого года. 8. Он сказал мне, что его костюм

шьет первоклассный портной. 9. Мне предложили очень интересную работу.

10. Письмо получено вчера. 11. Тебя пригласили на вечер? 12. На вечере нам

показали прекрасный фильм. 13. Тебя просят подняться наверх. 14. С ним

необходимо немедленно поговорить по этому вопросу. 15. Вам могут задать

дополнительный вопрос на экзамене. 16. Ей было дано задание составить

диалог. 17. Речь была заслушана с большим вниманием. 18. Поход пришлось

отложить из-за плохой погоды. 19. Об этой пьесе сейчас много говорят.

20. Делегацию нужно встретить завтра в 9 часов утра в аэропорту.

167

UNIT 9. MODAL VERBS

Modal verb Translation Meaning

Can (be able to)

Сould.

Мочь, уметь.

Неужели?

Умственная, физическая спо-

собность.

Возможность, вероятность

May (be al-

lowed to)

Might

Мочь.

Вряд ли.

Разрешение.

Вероятность, предположение.

Must Должен. Обязанность, моральный долг,

необходимость.

Have to Должен, при-

шлось, вынужден.

Необходимость в силу обстоя-

тельств.

To be to Должен,

следует

Необходимость в силу догово-

ренности, расписания.

Should Должен,

следует.

Необходимость, совет, реко-

мендация.

Need Нужен Необходимость.

В отличие от других глаголов, модальные глаголы не обозначают

действия или состояния, а лишь передают отношение говорящего к действию,

выраженному инфинитивом. Модальные глаголы сочетаются с инфинитивом

смыслового глагола без частицы to, за исключением to be to, to have to. В

вопросительном и отрицательном предложениях они употребляются без

вспомогательного глагола. В вопросительном предложении перед подлежащим

ставится сам модальный глагол, в отрицательном частица not ставится после

модального глагола. Например: I can swim well. – I cannot swim well. – Can you

swim well?

9.1. Translate the sentences into Russian and the meaning of the modal verbs.

168

1. On a clear day, you can see the shores of Haiti and Cuba from the summit of

Blue Mountain Peak. 2. I know you can do it because you have the courage.

3. Bungalows are for old people who can't climb stair. 4. She gave Mary the names

of several friends, whom she could trust. 5. We wish we could rely on him! 6. I can't

wait to get back into the swing of things. 7. I can't stop talking, I just can't help it!

8. Can I keep your CD till Sunday – You can't, it is not mine. 9. Mum, may I have

another sweet? 10. I told him that he might go home. 11. At least you might phone

your parents more often. 12. I must check my diary. I may have a prior engagement.

13. He who falls today, may rise tomorrow. 6. Fashions may be changing, but style

remains. 14. A fool may give a wise man counsel. 15. Fortune may very well smile

upon you one day. 16. Knowledge must be gained by ourselves. 16. What everybody

says must be true. 17. What can't be cured must be endured. 18. I felt sure it must

be a ghost, a visitor from another world. 19. I think we must rely only on ourselves.

20. We must not look for a golden life in an iron age. 21. Caesar's wife must be

above suspicion. And so should Caesar. 22. At work today, my boss told me that I

must stop sleeping. 23. He realized he should do it. 24. Henry must be still sleeping.

25. Should I send the fax and write the contract today? – You needn't send the fax,

but you certainly should write the contract. 26. You’ve just broken the law and you

shall have to answer for it. 27. We'll have to label all the goods which we have to

sell. 28. When will you actually have to report? – I have no idea. 29. Dad has

something to tell you, Nick, and has to say it right now. 30. Do I have to have

another check-up, doctor?

9.2. Translate the sentences into Russian.

1. We must go out right now. 2. At the fishmonger’s you can buy smoked, salt-

ed, fresh and frozen fish. 3. The cashier must give us a check and our change. 4.

We can buy bread at the baker’s. 5. I will have to get up early tomorrow. 6. Peter

could swim well even in his childhood. 7. I need some time to think it over. 8. The

train was to arrive in time. 9. I should buy a present for my Mum. 10. You may take

these books home. 11. We had to start in spite of rain. 12. Nobody will be able to tell

169

him about the accident. 13. You must give this medicine to your son. 14. Jane was

allowed to take any toy she wanted. 15. I must finish the work just now. 16. My sister

had to go shopping. 17. Students were to come at the dean’s office at 5 p.m. 18. You

should stay at home, while you are ill. 19. We must protect environment. 10. He

could show me the way to the department store.

9.3. Translate the words given in brackets into English.

1. We (пришлось) go by train because we (не могли) get tickets for a plain.

2. Peter (должен) look after his little sister, while his parents are away. 3. Relatives

(смогут) see the patient only after operation. 4. You (нельзя) use this method of pun-

ishment. 5. Kate (не придётся) get up early tomorrow, she (сможет) sleep as long as

she wants, she’s on holiday. 6. Accoding to the shedule the director (должен) tell his

speech at the end of the meeting. 7. (Не могли бы) you tell me about the results of

Fridays footbal match? 8. You (должен) think twice before going abroad, when your

parents (нуждаются) your help. 9. You (не нужно) take your dictionary, you

(разрешают) take from the library. 10. They (не могли) find the way out of the

situation.

9.4. Translate the sentences into English.

1. Не могли бы вы рассказать мне интересные факты из истории этого го-

рода? 2. Питер не мог ответить на вопрос, ему разрешили взять другой билет

(карточку). 3. Можно мне выйти? 4. Тебе не нужно повторять этот топик. 5. Мы

должны встретиться на вокзале. 6. Дети должны заботиться о пожилых родите-

лях. 7. Кто сможет купить билет в кино завтра? 8. Лизе нельзя брать вещи со

стола отца. 9. Мне не приходится работать в саду, мой дедушка делает это. 10.

Вчера мне разрешили пойти в зоопарк. 11. Тебе следует взять зонт, на улице

дождь. 12. Занятия начинаются рано, поэтому я должен вставать рано. 13. По-

езд уходил рано, поэтому мы должны были встать рано. 14. Ты умеешь водить

машину? 15. Ты должна сходить в магазин, я занята.

9.5. Ask your fellow-students for permission to do the following.

170

to speak to the dean May I speak to the dean? – You may.

(You may not, I’m afraid.)

to offer you a drink ………………………………………………………………….…

to serve the dishes………………………………………………………………………

to lay the table………………………………………………………………………….

to cook the breakfast……………………………………………………………………

to treat you to strawberry……………………………………………………………….

to go out………………………………………………………………………………...

to wipe the dust…………………………………………………………………………

to attend the course……………………………………………………………………..

to wash up………………………………………………………………………………

Answers: Certainly. You may. Do, please. I’m afraid not. You mustn’t.

9.6. Supply short replies stimulating further talk. Work in pairs.

Model: You can go now. – Can I?

1. You can empty the bin. – ………….... 2. You may help youself to kipper. ………

3. You must phone him back. ……………4. You can play the cello. …………….

5. You may listen to the radio. ………….. 6. You may cook the dinner. ……………

7. You must go to the lab today. ……….. 8. You must read the text again. …………

9.7. Insert the modal verbs may or can.

1. I ... finish the work tomorrow if no one bothers me any more. 2. ... we come

and see you next Sunday at three o’clock in the afternoon? 3. What time is it? – It ...

be about six o’clock, but I am not sure. 4. Only a person who knows the language

very well ... answer such a question. 5. ... I come in? 6. Let me look at your exercises.

I ... be able to help you. 7. I ... not swim, because until this year the doctor did not

allow me to be more than two minutes in the water. But this year he says I ... stay in

for fifteen minutes if I like, so I am going to learn to swim. 8. Libraries are quite free,

171

and any one who likes ... get books there. 9. I ... come and see you tomorrow if I have

time.

9.8. Insert the modal verbs may or can.

1. Take your raincoat with you; it ... rain today. 2. Do you think you ... do that?

3. You ... come in when you have taken off your boots. 4. Be careful: you ... spill the

milk if you carry it like that. 5. Most children ... slide on the ice very well. 6. I don’t

think I ... be here by eleven o’clock tomorrow, but I ... be. 7. ... you see anything in

this inky darkness? 8. You ... go when you have finished your compositions. 9. What

shall we do if the train is late? It ... be late, you know, after the terrible snowstorms

we’ve had. 10. When ... you come and see me? – Let me see: I ... not come tomorrow,

for I must be at the meeting, but on Sunday I'll find time. Yes, you ... expect me on

Sunday about three o’clock. Will that be all right?

9.9. Insert the modal verbs may (might) or can (could).

1. ... I use your pen? 2. ... I find a pen on that table? 3. You ... read this book:

you know the language well enough. 4. You ... take this book: I don’t need it. 5. ... I

help you? 6. ... I ask you to help me? 7. ... you help me? 8. I ... not imagine her

speaking in public: I knew that she was so shy. 9. Something was wrong with the car:

he ... not start it. 10. A fool ... ask more questions than a wise man ... answer. 11. She

asked me if she ... use my telephone. 12. The school was silent; nothing ... be heard in

the long dark corridors. 13. Waiting ... be endless, you know. 14. ... you tell me the

nearest way to the city museum? 15. They ... think that I am too weak to take part in

the excursion, but I am strong enough to do any kind of hard work, indeed. 16. He

knew this period of history very well; he had read everything on the subject he ... find

in the rich university library.

9.10. Translate the words in brackets into English.

1. Of course, I (могу) translate this article. 2. I (могу) show you how to do it.

3. You (можно) go and tell her about it. 4. (Можно) I see the doctor now? 5. You

172

(можете) easy get there in 20 minutes. 6. You (сможете) do it directly on return.

7. (Можно) I have some cream with my tea? 8. She was in a hurry, she (не смогла)

wait for us. 9. The swimmer was very tired but he (смог) reach the shore. 10. Before

her illness, she (могла) work fourteen hours a day. 11. When they buy the car, they

(смогут) visit their friends more often.

Must

долженствование предположение

You must respect your parents.

(должны)

You must not go there. (нельзя)

Must we learn it by heart? (должны?)

It must be cold outside. (должно быть)


1. You must work hard at your English. 2. You must learn the words. 3. Must

we learn the poem today? 4. It must be very difficult to learn Chinese. 5. You must

not talk at the lessons. 6. Everybody must come to school in time. 7. Don’t ring him

up; he must be very busy. 8. You must not make notes in the books. 9. I must help my

mother today.

To have to (=must)

I have to go there.

I had to go there.

I shall have to go there.

I don’t have to go there.

I didn’t have to go there.

I shan’t have to go there.

Do you have to go there? (надо?)

Did you have to go there? (пришлось?)

Will you have to go there? (придется?)

173


1. I had to do a lot of work yesterday. 2. She had to stay at home because she

did not feel well. 3. Pete had to stay at home because it was very cold. 4. Mike had to

write this exercise at school because he had not done it at home. 5. They had to call

the doctor because the grandmother was ill. 6. Why did you have to stay at home

yesterday? – Because my parents were not at home and I had to look after my little

sister. 7. I have not written the composition. I shall have to write it on Sunday. 8. We

did not have to buy biscuits because granny had baked a delicious pie. 9. Will you

have to get up early tomorrow?

9.13. Put the sentences into the past.

1. It is already twenty minutes past eight. You must go or you will be late for

the first lesson. 2. I am very tired. I feel I must go to bed at once. 3. We can’t wait for

them any longer, we must ring them up and find out what has happened. 4. I am

thinking hard, trying to find a solution of the problem. There must be a way out. 5. It

is quite clear to everybody in the family that he must start getting ready for his

examination instead of wasting time. 6. It is impossible to do anything in such a short

time. I must ask the chief to put off my report. 7. I don’t mean that you must do

everything they tell you.

9.14. Answer the following questions.

1. Can you speak English well? 2. Can you speak French well? 3. Can you

understand Spanish? 4. Can you count the chairs in the room? 5. Can we write

without a pen or a pencil? 6. What can we do with a fountain-pen? 7. May I take your

text-book? 8. May Helen leave the classroom? 9. May we go to the cinema? 10. Must

we speak English now? 11. What must we have if we want to write a letter? 12. What

must we have if we want to buy something? 13. What must we use if we want to

wash our hands? 14. What must you do when you have flu? 15. What must you do to

make your reading distinct? 16. Can you answer my question? 17. Where can I find

this book? 18. You can transcribe this word, can’t you? 19. You can’t speak German,

174

can you? 20. May I ask you a few questions? 21. May I go out? 22. May I take you

book? 23. Must I translate this test? 24. Must we learn this poem by heart? 25. What

must I read now?

9.15. Write the interrogative and negative forms of the following sentences.

1. She can spell the noun correctly. 2. You may take your exercise-book. 3. He

can write this in transcription. 4. You may take those pencils. 5. Everybody must go

to the laboratory today.

need

You need not do it.

Need I do it?

- можете не делать.

- надо?

Compare: You can’t do it.

You need not do it.

- ты не можешь делать этого.

- ты можешь этого не делать.

Remember: you need not have done it - могли и не делать (а сделали)


1. My sister can’t write this letter; she is very busy. 2. My sister need not write

this letter: I shall phone them. 3. She can’t buy bread. 4. She need not buy bread.

5. You can’t read so many books. 6. You need not read so many books. 7. Nick can’t

go to school today. 8. Nick need not go to school today. 9. They can’t translate this

article. 10. They need not translate this article. 11. They could not write the

composition. 12. They need not have written the composition. 13. I could not go to

the library. 14. I need not have gone to the library. 15. He could not stay there for the

night. 16. He need not have stayed there for the night. 17. We could not do all this

work. 18. We need not have done all this work. 19. She could not cook such a big

dinner. 20. She need not have cooked such a big dinner.

175

9.17. Insert the modal verbs may, must or need.

1. ... we hand in our compositions tomorrow? – No, you ... not, you ... hand

them in after Sunday. 2. ... John really do this today? – No, he ... not, he ... do it

tomorrow if he likes. 3. You ... not let this cup fall: it ... break. 4. ... I help you with

your coat on? 5. ... I take this book for a little while? – I am sorry, but I ... return it to

the library at once. 6. Alec ... practise this sound specially, but the other pupils ... not;

they all pronounce it properly. 7. They ... come at any time they like between ten and

twelve in the morning, but they ... not come if they don’t want to. 8. ... I go there right

now? – Yes, you ... . 9. I ... not go out today: it is too cold. 10. ... I take your pen? –

Yes, please.

9.18. Insert the modal verbs may, must or need.

1. We ... not carry the bookcase upstairs: it is too heavy. 2. We ... not carry the

bookcase upstairs ourselves: the workers will come and do it. 3. When ... you come to

see us? – I ... come only on Sunday. 4. Shall I write a letter to him? – No, you ... not,

it is not necessary. 5. ... you cut something without a knife? 6. Peter ... return the

book to the library. We all want to read it. 7. Why ... not you understand it? It is so

easy. 8. ... we do the exercise at once? – Yes, you ... do it at once. 9. ... you

pronounce this sound? 10. You ... not have bought this meat: we have everything for

dinner.

предположение

Must – Должно быть

May – Может быть

Might – Может быть (но мало вероятно)

Can’t – Не может быть

176

9.19. Translate the sentences.

1. He must be busy. 2. He may be ill. 3. He might be tired. 4. He can’t be

hungry. 5. She must be sleeping. 6. He may be working hard. 7. He might be

watching TV. 8. He can’t be playing football. 9. She might be having dinner.

9.20. Paraphrase the following sentences using the modal verb may.

1. Perhaps he is at home, but I am not sure he is. 2. It is possible that we

studied at the same school, but I don’t remember her. 3. Perhaps she was proud of her

knowledge, but she never showed it to her classmates. 4. Perhaps there was a chance

for him to win the match. 5. Perhaps Peter was as capable as the old workers, but he

was given no chance to show his skill. 6. It is possible, that your brother has never

heard about this singer. 7. Perhaps she tried to enter the university, but failed. 8. It is

possible that you asked the wrong people, that’s why you didn’t get the right answer.

9. Perhaps our friends will arrive here tomorrow. 10. Perhaps they will come home

very soon: be ready. 11. Perhaps the question was too difficult for her. 12. Try this

delicious drink: perhaps you will like it. 13. Why didn’t Nick ring us up? – It is

possible that he forgot about it.

177

UNIT 10. THE INFINITIVE

1. The Infinitive

Active Passive

Simple

Continuous

Perfect

Perfect Continuous

to write

to be writing

to have written

to have been writing

to be written

---

to have been written

---

Инфинитив – это неличная форма глагола, которая называет действие в

наиболее общем виде. Простая форма инфинитива выражает отнесенность

действия к будущему или одновременность действия со сказуемым:

He seems to be still working.

I was glad to see Mr Paul.

Перфектный инфинитив выражает предшествование действия действию,

выраженному сказуемым:

I was sorry to have said it.

Признаком инфинитива является частица to. Без частицы to инфинитив

употребляется в следующих случаях:

1. после вспомогательных глаголов:

I don’t know her.We shall go there at once.

2. после модальных глаголов:

You can’t do it. You must consult a doctor.

3. после глаголов, выражающих восприятия органов чувств – to see, to hear, to

feel, to watch, to notice, etc.

She heard him enter the room. I felt my heart jump.

4. после глаголов let (позволять) и make (заставлять).

What makes you think so?

5. после сочетаний nothing but, can’t help but, had better, would rather/sooner.

He said he would rather stay at home. I can’t but think of you.

178

6. после why/why not.

Why not come and talk to her yourself?

10.1.1. State the form of the infinitive. Translate the sentences into Russian.

1. To be presented with flowers was very pleasant for her. 2. To have been

informed about her arrival was a real pleasure for him. 3. The article is difficult to

translate. Will you help me? 4. He was sorry to have been arguing with them so

long. 5. I found it utterly cruel to offer the man to swim, when he was not in good

condition. 6. This is a chance not to be missed. 7. He was one of the very few men to

have seen everything with his own eyes. 8. You'd better wait outside so as to be at

hand if I want your help. 9. The European championship in figure-skating was

exciting enough to be followed with great interest. 10. She opened her eyes wide as if

to be told something horrible. 11. He turned to look at me with those kind and

candid blue eyes of his. 12. I have come here not to be insulted but to talk to you as

a friend. 13. Judy was happy to continue her education. 14. To have seen Judy was

enough for her guardian. 15. He was hungry but his first desire was to be shaven.

10.1.2. State the form of the infinitive. Translate the sentences into Russian.

1. I am happy to help you. 2. I am glad to have helped him. 3. He was glad to

have been helped. 4. I am glad to be helping them. 5. I am glad to be helped. 6. To go

on with this discussion is to waste time. 7. Oh, I’m sorry to have taken so much of

your time. 8. It all sounds too good to be true. 9. He was the first to raise the question.

10. She was the last to realize how dangerous it was. 11. I didn’t come here to be

shouted at. 12. Now, the first thing to settle is what to take with us. 13. I rose to

receive my guests. 14. He was too astonished to speak. 15. At the sight of the man I

felt an impulse to laugh.

10.1.3. Insert the particle to before the infinitive where necessary.

1. I like ... play the guitar. 2. My brother can ... speak French. 3. We had ... put

on our overcoats because it was cold. 4. They wanted ... cross the river. 5. It is high

179

time for you ... go to bed. 6. May I ... use your telephone? 7. They heard the girl ...

cry out with joy. 8. I would rather ... stay at home today. 9. He did not want ... play in

the yard any more. 10. Would you like ... go to England? 11. You look tired. You had

better ... go home. 12. I wanted ... speak to Nick, but could not ... find his telephone

number. 13. It is time ... get up. 14. Let me ... help you with your homework. 15. I

was planning ... do a lot of things yesterday.

10.1.4. Insert the particle to before the infinitive where necessary.

1. I’d like ... speak to you. 2. I think I shall be able ... solve this problem.

3. What makes you ... think you are right? 4. I shall … do everything ... help you. 5. I

like ... dance. 6. I’d like ... dance. 7. She made me ... repeat my words several times.

8. I saw him ... enter the room. 9. She did not let her mother ... go away. 10. Do you

like ... listen to good music? 11. Would you like ... listen to good music? 12. That

funny scene made me ... laugh. 13. The boy helped us … find the way to the station.

14. He would sooner … die than … betray his friends. 15. Why not … start out now?

We cannot … wait for the rain … stop. 16. You’ll be better tomorrow. You may …

come and … dine with us. 17. Don’t let us … get worried. 18. You ought not …

speak to the Dean like that. 19. What made you … think so? 20. Get them … come as

early as possible.

10.1.5. Replace the group of words in bold type by an infinitive.

1. She was the first lady who left. – She was the first (lady) to leave.

2. The manager was the last who left the shop. ……………………………………

3. I was astonished when I heard that he had left his native town. ………………..

4. There was no place where he could sit. …………………………………………

5. I can’t go to the party; I have nothing that I can wear. …………………………..

6. He was the first man who swam the Channel. …………………………………..

7. He was the only one who realized the danger. …………………………………..

180

10.1.6. Replace the group of words in bold type by an infinitive.

1.The boy had many toys which he could play with. – The boy had many toys to

play with.

2. I have no books which I can read. …………………………………………………

3. Is there anybody who will help you with your spelling? ………………………….

4. Don’t forget that she has a baby which she must take care of. ……………………

5. Have you got anything that you want to say on this subject? ……………………..

6. There was nothing that he could do except go home. ……………………………..

7. I have only a few minutes in which I can explain these words to you. …………...

8. I have an examination which I must take soon, so I can’t go to the theatre with

you. ……………………………………………………………..……………………..

9. King Lear decided to have a hundred knights who would serve him after he had

divided up his kingdom. ……………………………………………………………….

10. Here is something which will warm you up. …………………………………….

10.1.7. Combine each of the following parts of sentences using an infinitive.

1. They sent me to University, they wanted me to study law. – They sent me to

University to study law.

2. I am buying bread. I want to feed the bird. …………………………………………

3. He opened the door. He intended to go out. ………………………………………..

4. He rushed into the burning house. He wanted to save the child. ……………………

5. He rang the bell. He wanted to tell us that the dinner was ready. …………………..

6. The farmer shot the rifle. He wanted to frighten the birds. …………………………

7. He sent his children to his sister’s house. He wanted them to watch the television

programme. ……………………………………………………………………………

8. I am saving up. I want to buy a car. ………………………………………………..

181

10.1.8. Combine each of the following parts of sentences using “enough” with the

infinitive.

1. He is clever. He can answer the question. – He is clever enough to answer the

question.

2. He wasn’t strong. He couldn’t support the man. …………………………………..

3. The sun isn’t very hot. We can’t lie in the sun. ……………………………………

4. The coffee isn’t strong. It won’t keep us awake. ………………………………….

5. I am quite old. I could be your father. ………………………………………………

6. You aren’t very old. You can’t understand these things. …………………………...

7. He was very curious. He opened the letter. ……………………………………….

8. You are quite thin. You can wear this dress. ………………………………………..

10.1.9. Combine each of the following parts of sentences using “too” with the

infinitive.

1. He is very ill. He can’t work today. – He is too ill to work today.

2. It is very hot. We can’t run. ……………………………………………………..

3. He was nervous. He couldn’t speak. ……………………………………………….

4. I was terrified. I couldn’t move. ……………………………………………………

5. It is very cold. We can’t have a swim. ………………………………………………

6. It was very dark. We couldn’t see him. ……………………………………………..

7. It was rather cloudy. We couldn’t see the eclipse properly. ………………………..

8. He was very snobbish. He wouldn’t talk to any of us. ……………………………..

10.1.10. Open the brackets and put the correct form of the infinitive.

1. Your watch will (to repair) by Tuesday. 2. I'd like (to go) home early today.

3. She seems (to have) a shower, I can hear the water running. 4. It's important (to

listen) to people. 5. She hopes (to choose) for the national team. 6. You should (to

tell) me you were ill. 7. He doesn't like (to interrupt) while he is working. 8. I'm glad

(to see) her. 9. She was sorry (not to see) Bill. 10. I hope (to see) you soon. 11. We

expect (to be) back in two days. 12. He expected (to help) by his friends. 13. I am

182

glad (to do) all the homework yesterday. 14. I am sorry (to break) your pen. 15. I hate

(to bother) you, but the students are still waiting (to give) books for their work.

10.1.11. Open the brackets and put the correct form of the infinitive.

1. I am glad (to introduce) to you. 2. The box was (to handle) with care. You

should (to ask) someone (to help) you. 3. Her mood seems (to change) for the worse.

We had better (not/to speak) to her now. 4. I am sorry (to disappoint) you but I did

not mean anything of the kind. 5. He is happy (to award) the first Landscape Prize for

his picture. 6. The poem is easy (to memorize). 7. I did not expect (to ask) this

question. 8. He must (to read) something funny; he is smiling all the time. 9. She was

surprised (not to find) me at home. 10. She is not (to trust). 11. He didn’t allow

anyone (to carry) his heavy luggage. 12. He doesn’t allow anything heavy (to carry)

in his bag. 13. Here is the article (to translate) by tomorrow morning. 14. We still

think we were right (to send) her away. 15. She seemed (to recover) but did not look

quite well.


1. Я рад, что дал вам эту книгу. 2. Я рад, что мне дали эту книгу. 3. Мы

хотим проинформировать вас об этом. 4. Мы хотим, чтобы нас

проинформировали об этом. 5. Мы рады, что встретили его на станции. 6. Мы

рады, что нас встретили на станции. 7. Они очень довольны, что их пригласили

на конференцию. 8. Они очень довольны, что пригласили вас на конференцию.

9. Я не хотел прерывать вас. 10. Я не предполагал, что меня прервут. 11. Мне

жаль, что я причинил вам столько проблем. 12. Он будет счастлив повидаться с

вами. 13. Он был счастлив, что повидался с вами. 14. Он не любит, когда над

ним смеются. 15. Дети любят, когда им рассказывают сказки. 16. Я рад, что

рассказал вам эту историю. 17. Я рад, что мне рассказали эту историю. 18. Я

хочу познакомить вас с этим актером. 19. Я хочу, чтобы меня познакомили с

этим актером. 20. Я рад, что дал вам полезную информацию.

183

2. The Complex Object

Конструкция the Complex Object (the Objective-with-the-Infinitive

Construction) состоит из местоимения в объектном падеже или

существительного в общем падеже и инфинитива и обозначает лицо или

предмет, совершающее действие, выраженное инфинитивом, или

подвергающееся этому действию.

I expected the things to be packed by my mother.

Конструкция the Complex Object употребляется:

1. после глаголов чувственного восприятия: to hear, to see, to watch, to feel:

I never saw him cry. We watched the sun rise.

2. после глаголов, выражающих умственную деятельность: to think, to know, to

expect, to understand, to believe:

I know him to be a very good student. I believe her to have done the home

task.

3. после глаголов, обозначающих чувства: to like, to love, to hate:

I hate you to be insincere.

4. после глаголов, выражающих желание: to want, to wish:

I want you to stop worrying.

5. после глаголов, выражающих побуждение:

а) глаголы, после которых инфинитив употребляется с частицей to: to order, to

tell, to ask, to cause, to get:

The teacher got the students to rewrite the exercise.

б) глаголы, после которых инфинитив употребляется без частицы to: to make,

to let, to have:

It made the young man smile.

10.2.1. Translate the sentences paying attention to the use of the Complex Object.

1. He wanted us to visit the art exhibition. 2. I expect you to tell me everything.

3. I suppose her to be about 50. 4. The teacher does not consider him to be a good

student. 5. The engineer expected the work to be done in time. 6. We know him to

184

have graduated from the University two years ago. 7. Everybody knows him to be

writing a new book. 8. Did you want the plan to be improved? 9. She felt somebody

look at her. 10. We heard him come in and close the door behind him. 11. She

watched the boy buy a newspaper, open it, look it through and then throw it away.

12. I heard him mention my sister's name. 13. She saw her son fall. 14. He likes his

son to play in the garden. 15. The students heard the bell ring. 16. You can't make me

believe all these stories to be true. 17. In spite of bad weather the instructor made the

sportsmen continue their training.

10.2.2. Fill in the blanks with the particle to where necessary.

1. This is the place from which I saw John … arrive to the house. 2. I tried to

induce him … see a doctor. 3. The family suspected it and wanted to get him … see a

lawer. 4. He asked her … destroy his letters. 5. I told her … bring in the tea.

6. Women always want you … write them letters. 7. I’d love you … see my little

daughter. 8. I had expected him … be disappointed. 9. Don’t let it … trouble you.

10. She watched me … open the safe.

10.2.3. Replace the following complex sentences or groups of sentences by simple

sentences with the infinitive construction.

1. I looked out of the window. He crossed the street. I saw him cross the street.

2. I never smoke indoors. My wife doesn’t like it. …………………………………….

3. He’s an honest boy. I know it. ………………………………………………………

4. We don’t eat ice-cream before dinner because Mother has forbidden it. …………

5. You got off the train at Saltmarsh city. The porter saw you. ……………………….

6. He ordered that tea should be brought at once. …………………………………….

7. No one had expected that she would marry this man. ………………………………

8. I could hear it perfectly well. They were discussing me. …………………………...

9. Don’t shout so! The whole house will know what has happened. Do you want it?

…………………………………………………………………………………………

10. I shall stay at home and do my lessons. Mother said so. ………………………….

185

10.2.4. Translate the sentences using the phrases.

Let smb do smth – позволить, пусть (они)…, дайте (мне)…

Make smb do smth – заставить

Have smb do smth – распорядиться, чтобы…

1. Мама не позволяет мне играть в футбол. 2. Не заставляйте меня лгать.

3. Распорядитесь, чтобы кто-нибудь принес мел. 4. Не позволяй им так кричать.

5. Заставь его выпить лекарство. 6. Пусть они напишут диктант еще раз. 7. Я не

могу заставить его бросить курить. 8. Он посторонился, чтобы дать мне пройти.

9. Не смешите меня. 10. Позвольте мне помочь вам. 11. Дайте мне подумать.

12. Не позволяйте ему есть столько конфет. 13. Отпустите его. 14. Не давай ей

носить тяжелые вещи. 15. Не разрешайте детям играть на улице.

10.2.5. Translate the sentences into English using the phrases.

See (hear) smb do smth

Want (expect) smb to do smth

1. Мы слышали, как они спорили. 2. Никто не заметил, как я открыл дверь

и вышел. 3. Я видел, как какой-то человек показывал ей дорогу на станцию. 4. Я

никогда не слышала, чтобы он говорил неправду. 5. Когда я садился в поезд, я

вдруг почувствовал, как кто-то коснулся моего плеча. 6. Я слышал, как кто-то

окликнул меня. 7. Он заметил, как она побледнела. 8. Я видел, что ему не

хочется идти домой. 9. Она слышала, что профессор болен уже неделю. 10. Мы

чувствовали, что он нам не верит. 11. Она видела, что он ее не понимает.

12. Мы не ожидали, что он примет такое решение. 13. Она не ожидала, что ее

сын будет изучать архитектуру. 14. Мы считаем его большим специалистом в

этой области. 15. Он хочет, чтобы его секретарь договорился о встрече.

186

3. The Complex Subject

Конструкция the Complex Subject (the Nominative-with-the-Infinitive)

состоит из подлежащего предложения и инфинитива:

Laser is known to be used in medicine.

The Complex Subject употребляется в предложении, сказуемое которого

выражено:

1. глаголом в страдательном залоге, обозначающим физические и умственные

восприятия to see, to hear, to consider, to think, а также глаголами to say, to

report, to announce, to inform:

The car was seen to disappear in the distance.

2. с глаголами to seem (казаться), to appear (оказаться), to happen (оказаться),

to prove (оказаться), to turn out (оказаться) в действительном залоге:

The first experiment proved to be a success.

3. модальными оборотами: to be likely (вероятно), to be unlikely (маловероятно,

вряд ли), to be certain/to be sure (несомненно, обязательно, бесспорно,

непременно):

He is unlikely to know her address.

10.3.1. Translate the sentences into Russian.

1. The lecture was said to be very interesting. 2. The members of the

committee are reported to come to an agreement. 3. He proved to be a good teacher.

4. This school is considered to be the best in the town. 5. The weather appears to be

improving. 6. The doctor happened to be there at the time of the accident. 7. She

seems to be waiting for you. 8. Lake Baikal is said to be the deepest in the world.

9. This picture proved to be the most interesting at the exhibition. 10. These two

scientists happened to work at the same problem.

10.3.2. Paraphrase the following sentences using the Complex Subject.

1. It seemed that he knew the subject well – He seemed to know the subject well.

2. It happened that they met that very day. …………………………………………..

187

3. It proved that he was a very experienced worker. …………………………………

4. It appears that the house was built in the XVIIIth century. ………………………

5. It happened that there was a doctor there at that time. ……………………………

6. It happened that he was at home at that time. …………………………………….

7. It seems that the play has made a deep impression on him. ……………………….

8. It seems that there is a great difference between these two samples. ………………


1. It is reported that the delegation has left London. The delegation is reported to

have left London.

2. It may be said that the new theater is the most beautiful building in our town.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. It is known that he has a large collection of pictures. ………………………………

4. It is said that the expedition has reached Vladivostok. …………………………….

5. It can’t be considered that the results of the experiment are bad.…………………...

6. It is expected that many people will attend the meeting. …………………………..

7. It is believed that there is hope of reaching the agreement. ………………………

8. It is said that there are many difficulties in solving this problem …………………..


1. Is he waiting for someone? He appears to be waiting for someone.

2. People know him to be a very generous man. He ... ………………………………

3. Is Tom worried about something? Tom seems ... …………………………………

4. He is a ruthless businessman. He is known to be ... ……………………………….

5. Does Ann like Jack? She appears ... ……………………………………………….

6. Has that car broken down? It seems ... …………………………………………….

7. Is that man looking for something? That man seems ……………………………..

8. People know him to be kind-hearted. He is known …………………………………

188


1. The play is likely to have been written by Shaw. 2. He is certain to get the

letter tomorrow. 3. They are most likely to have begun their work. 4. He is sure to

enjoy himself at the party. 5. The agreement is certain to have been signed. 6. They

are certain to return soon. 7. They are very likely to take part in this work. 8. This

house is likely to have been built at the beginning of the 19th century. 9. He is sure to

be appointed manager of the factory. 10. He is sure to like his new work.


1. It is not likely that they will return soon. They are not likely to return soon.

2. It is likely that he has accepted their offer. ……………………………………….

3. It is sure that they will come to Moscow. ………………………………………….

4. It was unlikely that the meeting will be postponed. ……………………………….

5. It was not likely that the telegramme would reach them in time. ………………….

6. It is likely that the goods were shipped on Monday. ……………………………….

7. It seems likely that there will be a storm on the sea. ……………………………….

8. It is likely that there will be a heated discussion of this question. ………………….

10.3.7. Open the brackets using the correct form of the infinitive.

1. He seems (to read) since morning. 2. He appears (to know) French well. He

is said (to spend) his youth in Paris. 3. The enemy was reported (to overthrow) the

defence and (to advance) towards the city. 4. They are supposed (to work) at the

problem for the last two months. 5. The book is likely (to publish) and (to appear) on

sale soon. It is sure (to sell) well and (to sell) out in time. 6. The book was believed

(to lose) until the librarian happened (to find) it during the inventory. It turned out (to

misplace). 7. We seem (to fly) over the sea for quite a time and there is yet no land

(to see). 8. A young woman is supposed (to write) this book. 9. You needn’t mention

it again. He is not likely (to forget) it. 10. Just look at his hands. He is sure (to work)

in the garage.

189


1. Кажется, кто-то стучит. 2. Известно, что он один из лучших врачей в

больнице. 3. Он, наверное, получит удовольствие от этой поездки. 4. Оказалось,

что он прав. 5. Этот вопрос вряд ли будет обсуждаться на собрании. 6. Лекция,

наверное, будет интересной. 7. Он, кажется, не понял этого правила.

8. Ожидают, что делегация прибудет завтра. 9. Говорят, что он написал очень

интересную книгу. 10. Сообщают, что экспедиция уже вернулась в лагерь.

11. Он, по-видимому, забыл номер вашего телефона. 12. Они, вероятно,

вернутся осенью. 13. Он, казалось, не был удивлен этим сообщением. 14. Она,

по-видимому, не любит музыку. 15. Говорят, что экспедиция собрала очень

интересный материал.

4. The For-to-Infinitive Construction

Конструкция the For-to-Infinitive Construction состоит из

существительного в общем падеже или местоимения в объектном падеже и

инфинитива и вводится предлогом for. Она употребляется, когда действие,

выраженное инфинитивом, не относится к лицу или предмету, являющемуся в

предложении подлежащим.

He opened the door for me to get out.


1. There is no need for the steamer to call at Tuapse. 2. It was necessary for

him to return immideately. 3. There is no reason for us to change the terms of

payment. 4. It is too late for you to go there. 5. There was no time for them to

examine the goods that day.

10.4.2. Replace the following groups of sentences by a sentence with a for-phrase

subject.

1. He won’t catch the six fifteen. It’s impossible. It is impossible for him to catch the

six fifteen.

190

2. She explained everything. It was not difficult. …………………………………….

3. She managed to do it in time. But it was an effort. …………………………………

4. Don’t make mistakes. It’s important. ……………………………………………….

5. Her mother made the decision. It’s the usual thing in this family. …………………

6. You’ll speak English with her. It’ll do you good. ………………………………….

7. She is very late. It’s rather unusual. ………………………………………………..

8. You really ought to see a doctor. It will be best. …………………………………..

10.4.3. Complete the following sentences by adding for-phrases to them.

1. It would be better (you/to stay/in bed). It would be better for you to stay in bed.

2. It’s very important (children/to play outdoors). …………………………………..

3. It’ll be best (she/to talk to the manager). ………………………………………….

4. It might be just possible (you/to make him see the doctor). ………………………

5. It would be easy (I/to pretend). …………………………………………………….

6. It’s very bad (boys/to smoke). ……………………………………………………..

7. It’s not (you/to carry that heavy bag). ……………………………………………..

10.4.4. Replace the following pairs of sentences by sentences with adverbial for-

phrases of result.

1. The street is very narrow. He won’t be able to turn the car. The street is too narrow

for him to turn the car.

2. The way to the village was long. I felt hungry again. ……………………………..

3. The heat was oppressive. We didn’t stay long on the beach. ………………………

4. The problem was easy. I solved it in five minutes. ………………………………..

5. The situation was getting complicated. We could no longer cope with it.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. The conversation was interesting. The children didn’t want to go to bed. …………

7. The noise of the traffic grew loud. I couldn’t sleep. ………………………………...

8. The light was good. She could read the inscription. ………………………………..

191


1. Я оставила письма на столе, чтобы мистер Паркер их подписал. 2. Нам

трудно сделать эту работу в такой короткий срок. 3. Ему легко это сделать. 4. Я

считаю, тебе необходимо закончить этот проект. 5. Мне здесь больше нечего

делать. 6. Детям там негде спать. 7. Не такая это игра, чтобы дети могли в нее

играть. 8. Он оставил дверь открытой, чтобы мы могли войти. 9. Нам было

трудно понять, чего ты хочешь. 10. Я привезу книг, чтобы вы могли читать

летом.


1. Катя сидела в кресле и наблюдала, как ее старшая сестра поливала

цветы. 2. Я видела, как Том покупал билеты на концерт. 3. Мама заставила меня

уйти домой с вечеринки в 10 часов (оставить вечеринку). 4. Ты бы хотел, чтобы

я ушел сейчас? 5. Она чувствовала, что он стоит рядом. 6. Ты бы хотел, чтобы я

научился танцевать? 7. Кто-нибудь слышал, как он пел? 8. Что заставило тебя

так поступить? 9. Моя дочь любит, когда я ей читаю. 10. Он обещал принести

мне свежие газеты. 11. Вас просят подняться наверх. 12. Я был слишком занят,

чтобы написать тебе. 13. Это слишком хорошо, чтобы быть правдой. 14. Эти

дома слишком малы, чтобы быть видимыми отсюда. 15. Было слишком темно,

чтобы мы могли что-нибудь разглядеть. 16. Она достаточно умна, чтобы все

понять. 17. Его очень трудно убедить. 18. Мне не нравится, когда меня

прерывают. 19. Невозможно понять, что ты говоришь. 20. Очень мило с твоей

стороны, что ты пришел. 21. Кажется, погода меняется. 22. Я рад, что купил эту

книгу. 23. Он был счастлив тем, что много лет работал со знаменитыми

учеными.

192

UNIT 11. THE GERUND

Active Passive

Simple

Perfect

writing

having written

being written

having been written

Герундий – это глагольная форма, обладающая признаками глагола и

существительного.

Герундий употребляется:

1. после глаголов: to avoid, to consider, to delay, to deny, to escape, to excuse, to

fancy, to finish, to forgive, to include, to involve, to justify, to mind, to miss, to

postpone, to practise, to recollect, to risk:

They postponed sending an answer to the request.

2. после глаголов с предлогами: to accuse of, to apologize for, to approve of, to

blame smb for, to forgive for, to congratulate on, to count on, to depend on, to

hear of, to inform of, to insist on, to object to, to persist in, to prevent from, to

result in, to stop from, to succeed in, to thank for, to think of:

He was accused of having broken the law.

3. после существительных с предлогами: art of, chance of, difficulty in,

experience in, habit of, harm of, idea of, importance of, interest in, means of,

mistake of, opportunity of, plan for, point in, preparation for, process of,

purpose of, reason for, right of, sense of, skill in, way of:

There are different ways of solving this problem.

4. после сочетаний to be + прилагательное: be afraid of, be angry for, be aware

of, be bored with, be busy, be capable of, be clever at, be disappointed at, be

engaged in, be fond of, be good at, be grateful for, be guilty of, be interested in,

be keen on, be pleased at, be proud of, be slow at, be sorry for, be sure of, be

surprised at, be worried about, be worth, be responsible for, be no good, be no

use, to be used to;

He was surprised at having been asked about it.

193

5. после выражений: what about, how about, can’t help, can’t stand, burst out,

feel like, give up, keep on, go on:

He couldn’t help laughing.

6. после предлогов: after, before, besides, instead of, in spite of, on, without, by:

They ran five miles without stopping.

11.1. Translate the sentences into Russian. Define the Gerund.

1. I had a chance of visiting him. 2. We depend on her solving this problem.

3. No wonder, Mary showed her interest in his arriving. 4. She had interested in his

arriving. 5. He will give us an opportunity of passing the exam once more. 6. I’m

afraid of being late. 7. Mum is busy with cleaning the flat. 8. He thinks of becoming

a driver. 9. The teacher was not pleased at our preparing for the lesson. 10. They

were surprised at seeing him there. 11. Frankly speaking, we have difficulties in

working with this kind of exercises. 12. I like singing. 13. My brother doesn’t like

drinking milk. 14. Do you like visiting clubs? 15. I’m worried about making dinner

splendid. 16. At last, we had a chance of executing our great idea. 17. No wonder, he

thinks of taking priority in his group. 18. Are you interested in obtaining science de-

gree? 19. We’ve heard of his arriving already. 20. I’m fond of walking through the

shade of woods.

11.2. Fill in the blanks with prepositions where necessary.

1. She only succeeded … blocking the way. 2. There is no point … staying.

3. He did not object … being examined. 4. I was not used … driving a big car

through crowded streets. 5. How can I prevent her … going there? 6. After all I’m

personally responsible … bringing you back safe and sound. 7. What are your reasons

to accuse her … taking the papers? 8. Everything depends … your decision. 9. I

thanked him again … lending me the car. 10. Jones insisted … shaking hands. 11. He

had never had much difficulty … getting jobs. The trouble had always been …

keeping them. 12. She thanked him … taking her out. 13. I take all the blame … not

194

seeing further than my nose. 14. I shall look forward … seeing your book. 15. Do you

think the book is worth … reading?

11.3. Supply Gerund forms for the words in brackets.

1. He didn’t want to lose any more money; so he gave up (play) cards. 2. Just

imagine (keep) a snake as a pet! 3. He offered to buy my old car if I didn’t mind

(wait) a month for the money. 4. The taxi-driver tried to stop the car in time, but he

couldn’t avoid (hit) the old woman. 5. At first I enjoyed (listen) to him, but after a

while I got tired of (hear) the same story again and again. 6. Try to forget it: it’s not

worth (worry) about it. 7. When I came he was busy (write) a letter to his friend.

8. Do you feel like (go) to a film or shall we stay at home? 9. It’s no use (have) a

bicycle if you don’t know how to ride it. 10. It’s no use (ask) children to keep quiet.

They can’t help (make) noise. 11. My father thinks I am not capable of (earn) my

own living. 12. I am tired of (do) the same things all the time. 13. After (hear) the

conditions I decided not to enter for the competition. 14. Don’t forget to lock the door

before (go) to bed. 15. She rushed out of the room without (give) me a chance to

explain.

11.4. Open the brackets using the Gerund.

1. His hair is very long, it needs cutting.

2. This shirt is quite clean; it doesn’t want … (wash) yet.

3. The grass in the garden is very dry; it wants … (water) badly.

4. The baby is crying. I think he needs … (feed).

5. The house is very old, and it badly wants … (paint).

6. I know my hair wants … (cut) but I never have time to go to the

hairdresser’s.

7. The famous man didn’t need … (introduce) himself.

8. You should tidy the room. – Yes, it needs … (tidy). The flowers want …

(water), and the shelves want … (dust).

195

11.5. Open the brackets using the correct form of the Gerund.

1. He remembered (cross) the road, but he didn’t remember (knock down). 2. I

am still hungry in spite of (eat) four sandwiches. 3. He got into the house by (climb)

through a window, without (see) by anyone. 4. He woke up at 7 a.m. in spite of

(work) late. 5. He complained of (give) a very small room at the back of the hotel.

6. The little girl isn’t afraid of dogs in spite of (bite) twice. 7. The baby went to sleep

a few minutes after (feed). 8. The little girl never gets tired of (ask) her mother

questions, but her mother often gets tired of (ask) so many questions. 9. Mary was

chosen to fill the vacancy. She was very pleased (choose). 10. I always treat people

politely and I insist on (treat) politely. 11. The boy was very thirsty in spite of (drink)

a big cup of tea.

11.6. Replace the parts in bold type by gerundial phrases.

1. He said all this and he did not even smile. – He said all this without even smiling.

2. We suspected that the boy was lying. …………………………………………….

3. It is necessary to brush the coat. …………………………………………………

4. I don’t like the idea that I should do it all. ……………………………………….

5. She didn’t want to make an effort. ………………………………………………..

6. It was impossible to reason with her when she felt like this. ……………………

7. Let’s go out for dinner. I don’t feel well enough to cook anything. ………………

8. He wouldn’t say whether he meant to buy the car before he took it for a trial run.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

11.7. Replace the parts in bold type by gerundial phrases.

1. When she saw him she stopped reading at once and put the letter away and

even did not explain anything. 2. In this thick fog she was afraid that she might be

knocked down. 3. He preferred to keep silent for fear that he might say something

inopportune. 4. He felt much better after he had been operated on. 5. He was not

only the author of brilliant short stories, but he was also a talented playwright.

6. While he was writing his report, he remembered that he had forgotten to mention

196

some facts. 7. Once he gets into his head an idea of doing something, it is impossible

to talk him out of it. 8. When the girl entered the room, she glanced a little

wonderingly at the faces of the three men. 9. The whole neighbourhood was so dreary

and run-down that he hated the thought that he would have to live there. 10. You

will do nothing but irritate him if you will nag him all the time.

11.8. Translate the sentences using the model.

On/after/before/by/through/because of/without/in spite of doing smth

1. Он работает без остановки целый день. 2. Ты ничего не добьешься,

если будешь спорить. 3. Все это надо обсудить до того, как принимать решение.

4. Вы можете исправить фигуру, делая гимнастику. 5. Он даст ответ,

посоветовавшись со своим юристом. 6. Он прошел мимо, не заметив нас. 7. Он

упустил возможность поехать туда, потому что заболел. 8. Не делайте этого, не

обдумав все, как следует.

11.9. Make the following sentences simple using the Gerund.

1. Before he left the town he called on his friends. – Before leaving the town he

called on his friends.

2. I remember that we have seen him only once. ……………………………………...

3. She suggested that we should go on a hike. ……………………………………….

4. Do you mind if I take your dictionary for a moment? ……………………………..

5. We must consider the matter thoroughly before we come to any conclusion.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. When the girl entered the room she looked at the faces of unknown people.

…………………………………………………………………………………………

7. We can’t get used to the fact that we must get up so early now.

…………………………………………………………………………………………

8. When he received another letter from her he changed his mind.

…………………............................................................................................................

197

11.10. Translate the sentences into Russian paying attention to the Gerundial Con-

struction.

1. We appreciate John’s helping us. 2. I can’t imagine my mother approving it.

3. I think that’s enough to start her worrying. 4. I can’t excuse her not answering our

invitation. 5. I can’t bear him interfering with what I do. 6. Would you mind my

smoking? 7. Fancy her appearing at that very moment! 8. I really miss him playing

the piano in the evening. 9. Your coming has done him good. 10. I understand per-

fectly your wanting to leave.

11.11. Transform the sentences using the Gerundial Construction.

1. I like reading aloud. – I like your reading aloud.

2. He insists on discussing the article now. ………………………………………….

3. I don’t remember ever speaking about it. ………………………………………..

4. Do you mind making a report at the next seminar? ………………………………

5. I don’t like the idea of postponing the meeting. ………………………………….

6. He suggested taking a taxi. ……………………………………………………….

7. We didn’t object to doing this work. ………………………………………………

8. They relied on finding him at home. ……………………………………………..

9. I’m tired of repeating the same things. …………………………………………….

10. There was little hope of catching the train. ……………………………………….

11.12. Transform the sentences using the Gerundial Construction instead of subordi-

nate clauses.

1. Do you object if I speak Russian? – Do you object my speaking Russian?

2. He denied that she had doubted his words. …………………………………………

3. She had no idea that he was good at math. …………………………………………

4. Julia suggested that they should go down. …………………………………………

5. She insisted we should put off the conference. ……………………………………

6. I would not mind if the children go to the park now. ……………………………..

7. Ray was surprised that Grace had written him a letter. …………………………...

198

8. They couldn’t guess the reason why Sam was so sad. ……………………………

9. We have no hope that they would cope with their task. ………………………….

10. That she was at home was a bit of luck for us. ………………………………….

11.13. Write the following sentences using Gerunds.

1. The children are making such a noise. – Can you stop them making such a noise?

2. Students must write their tests carefully. The teacher insists on …– The teacher in-

sists on students’ writing their tests carefully.

3. He allows his son to drive his car.

He doesn’t mind …………………………………………………………………..

4. No one helped her with her homework.

She did her homework without …………...................................................................

5. He got my letter although I had addressed it wrongly.

He got my letter in spite of …………………………………………………………

6. My father doesn’t like me to stay out late at night.

He doesn’t like ……………………………………………………………………….

7. The lady said I could open the window.

She didn’t mind ………………………………………………………………………

8. I beat him at tennis, and he wasn’t pleased at all.

He hated ……………………………………………………………………………..

11.14. Translate into English. Use the Gerund.

1. Я рад, что приехал в этот город; здесь очень красиво. 2. Коля очень хо-

рошо переводит с русского на английский. 3. Я занят подготовкой к урокам. 4.

Макс был благодарен ему за визит. 5. Конечно же, мы все беспокоились о твоём

назначении. 6. Я уверен в его поддержке во время моего выступления на сорев-

новании. 7. Сэм сожалел, что пришлось напрасно потратить много времени. 8.

Я не уверена, что поезд сделает остановку на этой маленькой станции. 9. У ме-

ня были трудности в том, чтобы заказать билет заранее. 10. Он настаивал на

том, чтобы мы летели самолётом. 11. Я был благодарен ему за приглашение на

199

вечеринку. 12. Пожарные предотвратили возгорание. 13. Естественно, я

беспокоюсь о том, как сдам экзамены. 14. Все остались довольны посещением

новой лаборатории. 15. Я люблю кататься на лыжах. 16. Моя бабушка не лю-

бит пить кофе на ночь. 17. Лучший способ путешествия – поездом. 18. По-

здравляю тебя с победой на соревнованиях. 19. Цель этой статьи – рассказать о

новых достижениях в области медицины. 20. Тебе нравится проводить свобод-

ное время за городом?

200

UNIT 12. THE PARTICIPLE

Active Passive

Simple Participle

(Participle I)

asking being asked

Perfect Participle having asked having been asked

Past Participle

(Participle II)

--- asked

Причастие I – неличная форма глагола, обладающая свойствами глагола,

прилагательного и наречия. Простое причастие I обозначает действие,

одновременное с действием глагола-сказуемого:

We watched them playing tennis.

Перфектное причастие обозначает действие, предшествующее действию,

выраженному глаголом-сказуемым:

Having greeted the students the professor began the lecture.

Passive Participle употребляется, чтобы показать, что слово, к которому

относится причастие, не является действующим лицом:

Being written in pencil, the letter was difficult to read.

Причастие II, третья основная форма глагола, имеет одну неизменяемую

форму со страдательным значением и обозначает действие, которое испытывает

на себе лицо или предмет:

She looked like a small girl frightened by something.

12.1. Translate the sentences into Russian. Define the Participles.

1. The boy playing in the garden is my sister’s son. 2. He asked her to go on

with her story, promising not to interrupt her again. 3. She stood leaning against the

wall. 4. He lay on the sofa reading a newspaper. 5. Having signed the letter the

manager asked the secretary to send it off at once. 6. Informed of the arrival of the

ship, they sent a car to the port. 7. Having lived in that town all his life, he knew it

201

very well. 8. Having been well prepared for the interview, he could answer all the

questions. 9. Being checked with great care, the report didn’t contain any errors.

10. These machines will be sent to the plant being constructed in this region.

11. Being told of his arrival, I went to see him. 12. A person bringing good news is

always welcome. 13. While skating yesterday, he fell and hurt himself. 14. The

answer received from her greatly surprised us. 15. She showed the travellers into the

room reserved for them.

12.2. Open the brackets using Participle I simple or perfect.

1. I kept silence for some time (think) of what he had told me. 2. (quarrel) with

him again Strickland made up his mind to have nothing more to do with him. 3. Liza

sat (think), and Tom stood at the window (look) at her. 4. (make) some inquiries

about the young man the mother decided to keep him as a second string for the

younger daughter. 5. Sam (feel) that the interview was over, got up. 6. (enter) the

house Ann switched on the lights. 7. (become) a student he decided to devote all his

life to studies. 8. My attention was attracted by the four people (sit) at the table.

9. (say) all there was to say he left the platform. 10. In a few minutes the guests will

be arriving (wear) smiles and (carry) presents.

12.3. Join the groups of sentences, using participles, and making any necessary

changes in word order.

1. He got off the bus. He helped his grandmother. – Getting off the bus, he helped his

grandmother.

2. They found the treasure. They began quarrelling about how to devide it. – Having

found the treasure, they began quarrelling about how to devide it.

3. He was exhausted by his work. He threw himself on the bed. – Being exhausted by

his work, he threw himself on the bed.

4. He missed the last train. He began to walk. ………………………………………..

5. She didn’t want to hear the story again. She had heard it all before. ………………

6. She entered the room. She found them smoking. …………………………………

202

7. I turned on the light. I was astonished at what I saw. ………………………………

8. He fed the dog. He sat down to his own dinner. ……………………………………

9. I didn’t like to sit down. I knew that the grass was very wet. ………………………

10. I have looked through the fashion magazines. I realize that my clothes are

hopelessly out-of-date. …………………………………………………………………

12.4. Replace the attributive clauses by the participle.

1. All the people who live in this house are students. – All the people living in this

house are students.

2. The man who is speaking now is our new secretary. ………………………………

3. The apparatus that stands on the table in the corner of the laboratory is quite new.

…………………………………………………………………………………………

4. The young man who helps the professor in his experiments studies at an evening

school. …………………………………………………………………………………

5. People who take books from the library must return them on time.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. There are many pupils in our class who take part in the performance.

…………………………………………………………………………………...........

12.5. Replace the adverbial clauses of time by the participle.

1. When you speak English, pay attention to the intonation. – (When) Speaking

English, pay attention to the intonation.

2. Be careful when you are crossing the street. ……………………………………….

3. When you are leaving the room, don’t forget to switch off the lights.

………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. When you begin to work with the dictionary, don’t forget my instructions.

…………………………………………………………………………………………

5. You must have much practice when you are learning to speak a foreign language.

…………………………………………………………………………………………

203

6. When they were travelling in Central Africa, the explorers met many wild animals.

…………………………………………………………………………………………

12.6. Replace the italicised adverbial clauses of time by the participle.

1. When I entered the room, I felt some change in the atmosphere at once.

2. When we had finally reached the river, we decided to stay there and wait for the

others. 3. When I reached out in the darkness, I felt a stone wall where I expected

to find the door. 4. When she opened the parcel, she saw a large box of pencils.

5. When they had opened the safe, they found that most of the papers had gone.

6. When she closed the suitcase, she put it on the bed. 7. When she had closed and

locked the suitcase, she rang for the porter to come and take it downstairs. 8. When

she had cut the bread, she started to make the coffee.

12.7. Replace the italicised adverbial clauses of time by the participle.

1. As she had been walking most of the night, she felt tired and sleepy.

2. When I take a child to the circus, I always know I’m going to enjoy myself.

3. As I had never seen anything like that, I was eager to see the performance.

4. When he had passed the last examination, he began to look round for a job.

5. When he had drunk the second cup of coffee, he folded the newspaper and rose.

6. Whenever she spoke on the subject, she was liable to get all hot and bothered.

7. When I had finally made up my mind, I told my parents about my new plans.

8. As she had spent most of her housekeeping money, she decided to go home.

12.8. Open the brackets using the Present or the Past Participle.

1. There was a silence (break) only by the drumming of the rain upon the roof.

2. They sat on the river bank (watch) the (set) sun. 3. (carry) away by the melody,

Mary went to dance herself. 4. It was an old Victorian house (keep) in good state of

repair. 5. (translate) into many languages, the books of this author are known to the

whole world. 6. I noticed a couple of pictures (hang) on the wall that I had never seen

before. 7. Guy and Ralph decided to send Ray a letter (sign) with a fictitious name.

204

8. There was generally a loud hum of voices in the (crowd) room as people joked

while (wait), but Ray stood there (watch) hopefully. 9. They were too (excite) to

realize that Guy and Ralph were in the office (watch) them. 10. Suddenly (turn)

around and (hide) her face Gracie tried to keep her eyes from filling with tears.

12.9. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate forms of the participles.

Building, being built, built; used, using; sent; sending, being sent.

1. The houses … many years ago are not as convenient as the modern ones.

2. What is the number of apartment houses … in the past few years? 3. The number

of apartment houses … for the population of Moscow is rapidly growing. 4. The

workers … this house used new construction methods. 5. At the conference they

discussed new methods … in building. 6. The new methods … in the building of

houses proved more effective. 7. Here are some samples of the products of this plant

… to different parts of the country. 8. There are the samples of products … last

month.

12.10. Open the brackets using the Present or the Past Participle.

1. She went to work, (leave) the child with the nurse. 2. (lay) down on the soft

couch, the child fell asleep at once. 3. (wait) in the hall, he thought over the problem

he was planning to discuss with the old lady. 4. He left (say) he would be back in two

hours. 5. (write) in bad handwriting, the letter was difficult to read. 6. (write) his first

book, he worked endless hours till dawn. 7. (spend) twenty years abroad, he was

happy to be coming home. 8. (be) away from home, he still felt himself part of the

family. 9. (not/wish) to discuss the problem, he changed the conversation. 10. (reject)

by the publisher, the story was returned to the author. 11. (reject) by the publishers

several times, the story was accepted by a weekly magazine. 12. (be) away so long,

he was happy to be coming back. 13. The friends went out into the city (leave) their

cases at the left-luggage department. 14. (leave) a note with the porter, he said he

would be back soon. 15. (wait) in the reception room, he thought over what he would

say.

205

12.11. Fill in the blanks with Passive Participles of the verbs in brackets.

1. I cannot forget the story told by him.

2. They listened breathlessly to the story being told by the old man.

3. One can’t fail to notice the progress … (make) by our group during the last

term.

4. These are only a few of the attempts now … (make) to improve the methods

of teaching adult students.

5. We could hear the noise of furniture … (move) upstairs.

6. For a moment they sat silent … (move) by the story.

7. The monument …(erect) on this square has been recently unveiled.

8. The monument … (erect) on this square will be soon unveiled.

12.12. Translate the sentences into Russian paying attention to the Nominative

Absolute Partipicial Construction.

1. Many men preceded Newton in the field of mechanics, perhaps the most

outstanding being Galileo. 2. Red phosphorus being a more stable form, its reactions

are much less violent. 3. The fuel exhausted, the engine stopped. 4. Probably the first

metals used by man were gold, silver, and copper, these metals being found in nature

in the native or metallic state. 5. There are fee-paying schools in Britain, the most

important of which being the so-called private independent schools. 6. The boy being

gifted the parents laid great hopes on him. 7. The test containing over a hundred

questions, she was afraid that she would not cope with it. 8. On publishing his poem

“Childe Harold” Byron became famous overnight, five editions being called for

during the year. 9. With prises rising it looks as if fewer books were being sold in

England. 10. The plant supplied with good raw materials, the quality of products has

been much improved.

206

12.13. Make one sentence out of the given two using the Nominative Absolute

Partipicial Construction.

1. It was a cold day. We decided to stay at home. – The day being cold, we decided

to stay at home.

2. The exams were over. We didn’t know what to do. ………………………………..

3. She began to speak. Her voice was trembling. …………………………………….

4. The door-bell rang. Mother rose and left the room. ………………………………..

5. The weather changed for the worse. We put off our trip. ………………………….

6. My watch has stopped. I don’t know the time. ……………………………………

7. There were so many unknown words in the article. It took me a long time to

translate it. ……………………………………………………………………………

8. The term was coming to an end. The students discussed their plans for the

holidays. ………………………………………………………………………………..


1. Подумав, он ответил на вопрос. 2. Работая целый день, Наташа

чувствует себя выжатой как лимон. 3. Я не беспокоился о поездке, купив билет

зaрaнее. 4. Великобритания, расположенная на Британских островах, состоит из

двух больших и более пяти тысяч маленьких островов. 5. С нетерпением

ожидая начала каникул, он стал плохо учиться. 6. Будучи профессиональным

музыкантом, он играл в оркестре. 7. Вам нравится обсуждаемая книга? 8. Ветер,

дующий мне в лицо, был тёплым. 9. Назначив встречу на следующий день, он

вышел из офиса. 10. Горы, Атлантический океан и теплые воды Гольфстрима

влияют на климат Британских островов, делая его умеренным круглый год.

11. Юг, имеющий прекрасные долины и равнины, называется Lowlands.

12. Будучи самым большим на Дальнем Востоке, Амур является одной из

самых важных рек. 13. Совершая экскурсию по городу, мы посетили все

достопримечательности. 14. Приняв приглашение, мы с удовольствием

совершили экскурсию по городу. 15. Отправляясь на выходные за город, вам

лучше взять с собой зонт.

207

The Participle and the Gerund

participle gerund

My mother is reading a book.

In the library you can see many people

reading books.

Reading his newspaper, the old man fell

asleep.

My hobby is reading

Reading is the best thing.

I like reading.

I gave up reading that book.

12.15. Translate the sentences. Define the function of the participle and the gerund.

1. In this picture you can see a young man giving flowers to a girl. 2. Running

water is always better than standing water. 3. John likes studying history. 4. She

could retell the English story she had read without looking into the book.

5. Everybody ran to meet the people returning from the city. 6. Never jump off a

moving train. 7. Reading books out-of-doors is his favourite way of spending the

summer holidays, but he likes swimming and going on excursions as well. 8. You

can learn the new words by looking them up in the dictionary. 9. Before going to

meet his friend he went home to change his clothes. 10. The remaining cakes were

given to the children. 11. The cakes, remaining from the evening, were given to the

children. 12. They went out to meet the returning women. 13. Returning home after

a good holiday is always pleasant. 14. Returning home after a good holiday he

looked the picture of health. 15. They went home quickly, protecting themselves

from the rain walking under the trees. 16. In this factory much attention is paid to

protecting the health of the workers. 17. He stopped writing and looked around.

18. Playing volley-ball is a good amusement for young people. 19. She left the room

without saying a word. 20. We had the pleasure of seeing the performance.

12.16. Translate the sentences. Define the function of the participle and the gerund.

1. The boys continued playing football. 2. He was looking at the plane flying

overhead. 3. Watching the playing kittens was great fun for the children. 4. Being

frightened by the dog, the cat climbed a high fence. 5. It is no use going there now.

208

6. Coming out of the wood, the travellers saw a castle in the distance. 7. My greatest

pleasure is travelling. 8. Growing tomatoes need a lot of sunshine. 9. Growing corn

on his desert island, he hoped to eat bread one day. 10. Growing roses takes a lot of

care and attention. 11. Just imagine his coming first in the race! 12. The children

were tired of running. 13. Wishing to learn to skate, she bought herself a pair of

skates. 14. Having prepared all the necessary equipment, they began the experiment.

15. Mary will stop for a few days at the seaside before going back home. 16. While

translating the text I looked up many words in the dictionary. 17. I usually help

mother by washing the rooms. 18. Entering the room, I saw my friends smiling at me.

19. Instead of phoning his friend, he went to see him.

12.17. State whether the –ing form is a Gerund or a Participle.

1. To my mind the setting of the scene was beautiful. 2. As to his stooping, it

was natural when dancing with a small person like myself, so much shorter than he.

3. I found him in exactly the position I had left him, staring still at the foot of the

bed. 4. If possible, give up smoking, at least for a time. 5. There you can see the

Fire of London with the flames coming out of the windows of the houses. 6. Having

finished the work, he seemed more pleased with himself than usual. 7. Pausing in

his story, Burton turned to me. 8. I admired the grounds and trees surrounding the

house. 9. Father said that we were not to let the fact of his not having had a real

holiday for three years stand in our way. 10. I saw there wooden cabins with

beds, electric light, running water. 11. Most Englishmen are not overfond of soup,

remarking that it fills them without leaving sufficient room for the more important

meat course. 12. The evening meal goes under various names: tea, "high tea,"

dinner or supper depending upon its size and also social standing of those eating it.

13. Colleges give a specialized training. 14. I want you to give my hair a good

brushing.

209

12.18.Use the Gerund or the Infinitive in brackets. Fill in the prepositions.

1. He was so young, so gay, he laughed so merrily at other people's jokes that

no one could help (like) him. 2. Yalta is a nice town (live) ... 3. He was on the point

... (quarrel) with her. 4. I want you (help) me (pack) this suitcase. 5. I should love

(go) to the party with you; I hate (go) out alone. 6. Don't forget (put) the book in

the right place. 7. I forgot (put) the book on the top shelf and spent half an hour or so

... (look) for it. 8. She told me how (make) clothes (last) longer. 9. Mother says she

often has occasion (complain) ... he (come) late. 10. ... (do) the exercise you should

carefully study the examples. 11. You must encourage him (start) (take) more

exercise.

12.19.Use the Gerund or the Infinitive in brackets. Fill in the prepositions.

1. Bob was greatly ashamed ... (beat) in class by a smaller boy. 2. I looked

around me, but there was no chair (sit) ... 3. We heard ... he (come) back today. 4.

She could not bear the thought ... he (stay) alone. 5. Are you going (keep) me (wait)

all day? 6. He pushed the door with his toe ... (put) his suitcases down. 7. I should

have gone (fetch) the doctor instead ... (remain) where I was. 8. Oh, Robert, dearest,

it's not a thing (joke) about. I've so loved (be) with you. I'll miss you more than any

one. 9. His first impulse was (turn) back, but he suppressed it and walked in boldly.

10. "I'm sorry, Margaret," he said, "I'm too old (start) (play) hide-and-seek with

school girls."

210

ЗАКЛЮЧЕНИЕ

Авторы надеются, что работа с данным учебным пособием поможет

студентам любой формы обучения и уровня языковой подготовки

сформировать и совершенствовать навыки владения грамматическим строем

английского языка.

В основе пособия лежит принцип сопоставления моделей русского и

английского языков, а также дифференциация грамматических структур

английского языка. Разнообразные тренировочные упражнения,

обеспечивающие многостороннюю и многократную проработку каждой темы,

представленной в пособии, расположены по степени нарастания трудностей: от

знания грамматической формы до ее применения в конкретном

грамматическом контексте. Грамматические упражнения, построенные на

лингво-страноведческом материале, направлены на формирование

автоматизированных навыков, предупреждение и профилактику типичных

ошибок.

Таким образом, по окончании предлагаемого грамматического курса

авторами предполагается, что студенты получат целостное представление о

грамматической структуре английского языка, чтобы подойти к интенсивному

чтению литературы по специальности на английском языке.

211

IRREGULAR VERBS Infinitive Past

Indefinite Participle

II Translation Infinitive Past

Indefinite Participle

II Translation

be was, were

been быть leave left left покидать, оставлять

beat beat beaten бить lend lent lent давать взаймы become became become становиться let let let позволять begin began begun начинать light lit lit зажигать blow blew blown дуть lose lost lost терять

break broke broken ломать make made made делать bring brought brought приносить mean meant meant значить,

иметь в виду build built built строить meet met met встречать(ся) burn burnt burnt гореть,

жечь put put put класть

buy bought bought покупать read read read читать catch caught caught ловить,

поймать ring rang rung звонить,

звенеть choose chose chosen выбирать run ran run бежать come came come приходить say said said сказать cost cost cost стоить see saw seen видеть cut cut cut резать sell sold sold продавать do did done делать send sent sent посылать,

отправлять draw drew drawn рисовать,

тащить set set set помещать,

класть drink drank drunk пить shine shone shone светить, сиять drive drove driven везти show showed shown показывать eat ate eaten кушать shut shut shut закрывать fall fell fallen падать sing sang sung петь feel felt felt чувствовать sit sat sat сидеть

fight fought fought бороться sleep slept slept спать find found found находить speak spoke spoken говорить,

разговаривать fly flew flown летать spend spent spent тратить;

проводить (время)

forget forgot forgotten забывать stand stood stood стоять get got got получать sweep swept swept мести,

подметать give gave given давать swim swam swum плавать go went gone идти take took taken брать

grow grew grown расти teach taught taught учить have had had иметь tell told told сказать hear heard heard слышать think thought thought думать hold held held держать throw threw thrown бросать keep kept kept хранить understand understood understood понимать know knew known знать upset upset upset опрокидывать,

расстраивать lead led led вести win won won побеждать

learn learnt learnt учить(ся) write wrote written писать

212

ENGLISH TENSES (ACTIVE)

SIMPLE (INDEFINITE)

CONTINUOUS PERFECT PERFECT CONTINOUOS

P R E S E N T

Translate(s) (write(s))

Do/does+V1 * Repeated,

customary actions and daily routines

* Permanenet states * General truth and

laws of nature * Timetables and

programmes * Sport

commentaries, rewies and narration

Usually, always, often, sometimes, as a rule, never, every

week etc.

Am/is/are translating (writing)

* Action (process) taking place now, at the moment

of speaking * Temporary actions that are going on around now,

but not at the actual moment of spaeking

* Actions which happen very often, usually to

express irritation or anger * Future action planned

before Now, just now, at the moment, this week,

constantly, still.

Have/has translated (written)

* Action which started in the past and conti-nues up to the present * Action which has

recently finished and whose result is visible

in present * Action which

happened at an unstated time in the past

* Action which has happened within a

specific time period which is not over at the

moment of speaking Just, already, recently, ever, never, yet, lately, this week, since, for.

Have/has been translating (writing) * Duration of action which started in the

past and continues up to the present

* Action which started in the past and lasted for some time/ The result os visible

in the present * To express anger,

irritation or annoyance

For a month/for a long time, since 5 o’clock, for, since, how long, lately,

recently.

P A S T

Translated (wrote) Did+V1

* Action which happened at a

definite time in the past

* Actions which happened

immidiately one after the other in the

past Yesterday, last week, two days ago, when,

then.

Was/were translating (writing)

* Action which was in progress at a stated time

in the past * Action which was in progress when another

action interrupted it * Two or more

simultanious past actions At 5 yesterday, from 5 till

6 yesterday, for 3 days last week, all day long / the whole day, when she

came.

Had translated (written)

* Action which happened before

another past action or before a stated time in

the past * Action which finished

in the past and whose result was visible in the

past By 5 o’clock yesterday, before she came, by the

end of last year.

Had been translating (writing) * Duration of action

which started and finished in the past before another past

action or a stated time in the past

* Action which lasted for some time in the

past and whose result was visible in the past

For a month, for a long time, for 3 hours.

F U T U R E

Will translate (write)

* Future action * Predictions about

the future * On-the spot

decisions * Promises

Tomorrow, next week, in a year, in

2027.

Will be translating (writing)

* Action which will be in progress at a stated future

time * Action which will

definetely happen in the future as the result of a routine or arrangement At 5 tomorrow, from 5 till 6 tomorrow, for 3

days next week, all day long tomorrow, when she

comes.

Will have translated (written)

* Action which will be finished before a stated

future time By 5 o’clock tomorrow, by next summer, when

she come, before, by, by then, by the time, untill,

till.

Will have been translating (writing) * Duration of action

up to a certain time in the future

For 2 hours, by, when she comes.

213

References

1. Krylova I. P. An English Grammar Practice Book. – M: Higher School

Publishing House, 1978. – 235p.

2. Matyushkina-Guerke T. I., Kuzmichyova T. N., Ivanova L. I. Practical

Grammar in Patterns (For laboratory work). – M: Higher School Publishing House,

1974. – 192p.

3. Murphy R. English Grammar in Use (A self-study reference and practice

book for intermidiate students). – Cambridge University Press, 1992. – 328p.

4. Thomson A., Martinet A. V. A Practical English Grammar. Exercises 1.–

Oxford University Press, 2004. – 181p.

5. Английский язык для гуманитарных специальностей педагогических

вузов: Учеб./Русанова С. В., Балицкая Н. З., Выборова Г. Е. и др. – М.: Высш.

шк., 1998. – 336с.

6. Выборова Г. Е., Махмурян К. С., Мельчина О. П. Easy English. – М.:

«Владос», 2003. – 256с., ил.

7. Гузеева К. А., Трошко Т. Г. Английский язык: Справ. материалы: Кн.

Для учащихся. – М.: Просвещение, 1997. – 288с.

8. Дроздова Т. Ю., Берестова А. И., Маилова В. Г. English Grammar:

Reference and Practice: учебное пособие для старшеклассников школ и

гимназий, студентов неязыковых вузов с углубленным изучением английского

языка. Издание шестое, переработанное и дополненное. – СПб.: ООО

«издательство «Химера», 2000. – 360с.

9. Крылова И. П. Сборник упражнений по грамматике английского языка:

Учебное пособие для ин-тов и фак. иностр. яз. – 4-е изд. – М.: Книжный дом

«Университет», 2000. – 432с. – На англ. яз.

10. Медведева Л. М. Английская грамматика в пословицах, поговорках,

идиомах и изречениях: Учеб. пособие. – К.: Изд-во при Киев. ун-те, 1990. –

240с.

214

11. Практикум по грамматике английского языка для заочников. Пособие

для самостоятельной работы/ А. П. Грызулина, Л. К. Голубева, Н. М. Пригоров-

ская и др. – М.: Высш. шк., 1998. – 159с.

12. Практический курс английского языка. 1 курс: Учеб. для пед. ин-тов

по спец. «иностр. яз» / Л. И. Селянина, К. П. Гинтовт, М. А. Соколова и др.;

под. ред. В. Д. Аракина. – 4-е изд., испр. – М.: Гуманит. изд. центр Владос,

1997. – 536с.

13. Т. И. Арбекова, Н. Н. Власова, Г. А. Макарова. Я хочу и буду знать

английский. Издание 2-ое, переработанное и дополненное. – Петрозаводск,

«ИнКА», 1993. – 502с.

215

СОДЕРЖАНИЕ

Введение ……………………………………………………………………………. 3

Unit 1. The Noun ………………………………………………………………...….. 5

Unit 2. The Adjective and the Adverb ………………………………….………….. 17

Unit 3. The Pronoun …..………...………………………...……………………….. 23

Unit 4. The Numerals ……………………………………………………………… 30

Unit 5. The Preposition ...……………..……………………………………………. 42

Unit 6. The Verb ……...……………………………………………………………. 53

Unit 7. English Tenses Active …………………...…………………..…………….. 69

Unit 8. The Passive Voice ...……………………………………………………… 158

Unit 9. Modal Verbs ……………………………………………………………… 167

Unit 10. The Infinitive ……………………………………………………………. 177

Unit 11. The Gerund ……………………………………………………………… 192

Unit 12. The Participle ……………………………………………………………. 200

Заключение ………………………………………………………………………. 210

Appendix. ………………………………………………………………………… 211

References ...……………………………………………………………………… 213

216

Елена Александровна Процукович,

ст. преподаватель кафедры иностранных языков № 1 АмГУ,

Марина Сергеевна Бузина,

ассистент кафедры иностранных языков № 1 АмГУ.

Grammar in Use. Учебное пособие.

____________________________________________________________________

Заказ 632.

grammar in use ПРОЦУКОВИЧ...3 ВВЕДЕНИЕ Учебное пособие “grammar in...

Documents